20-F 1 a2232368z20-f.htm 20-F

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549




Form 20-F

o  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
ý  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017
OR
o  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
o  SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File No. 001-34491



DRAGONWAVE INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A
(Translation of the Registrant's name into English)

Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation)

411 Legget Drive, Suite 600, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2K 3C9
(Address of principal executive offices)

Peter Allen
President and Chief Executive Officer
411 Legget Drive, Suite 600, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K2K 3C9
(613) 599-9991
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.:

Title of each class



Common Shares, no par value

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report. As at February 28, 2017, 7,305,219 common shares of the Registrant were issued and outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No ý

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes o No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such a shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o                       Accelerated filer o                       Non-accelerated filer ý                       Emerging growth company o

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act:  o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ý                       International Financial Reporting Standards o

Other as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board o

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow: Item 17 o Item 18 o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No ý

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes o No o

   


Table of Contents


Contents

PART I

  2

ITEM 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 
2

ITEM 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

  2

ITEM 3. Key Information

  2

ITEM 4. Information on the Company

  25

ITEM 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

  44

ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

  44

ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management, and Employees

  52

ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

  75

ITEM 8. Financial Information

  76

ITEM 9. The Offer and Listing

  77

ITEM 10. Additional Information

  78

ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  88

ITEM 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

  89

ITEM 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

  89

ITEM 15. Controls and Procedures

  90

ITEM 16. RESERVED

  91

ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

  91

ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics

  91

ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  92

ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

  92

ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

  92

ITEM 16F. Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

  92

ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance

  92

ITEM 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

  93

PART III

 
94

ITEM 17. Financial Statements

 
94

ITEM 18. Financial Statements

  94

ITEM 19. Exhibits

   

Table of Contents

Information Contained in this Annual Report

        All information in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, or our Annual Report, is presented as of February 28, 2017 unless otherwise indicated.

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this Annual Report to "DragonWave", "we", "us", "our" or "the Company" include DragonWave Inc., incorporated in Canada, DragonWave Corp., incorporated in the state of Delaware, USA, DragonWave Pte. Ltd., incorporated in Singapore, DragonWave S.à r.l., incorporated in Luxembourg, DragonWave Telecommunication Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., incorporated in China, DragonWave Mexico S.A. de C.V., incorporated in Mexico, Axerra Networks Asia Pacific Limited, incorporated in Hong Kong, DragonWave India Private Limited, incorporated in India and DragonWave Inc.'s majority owned subsidiary, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited, incorporated in India.

        References in this Annual Report to "Nokia" or "NSN" refer to both Nokia Solutions and Networks and its predecessor business as carried on under the name Nokia Siemens Networks. Nokia is a trademark of Nokia Corporation or its affiliates.

        Words importing the singular, where the context requires, include the plural and vice versa and words importing any gender include all genders.

        Unless otherwise indicated, all currency amounts referenced in this Annual Report are denominated in United States dollars.

Forward-Looking Statements

        This Annual Report contains "forward-looking information" and "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of applicable Canadian and United States securities laws. All statements other than statements that are reporting results or statements of historical fact are forward-looking. All forward-looking information and forward-looking statements are necessarily based on a number of estimates and assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies. Forward-looking statements, which involve assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies and expectations, are generally identifiable by use of the words "may", "will", "should", "continue", "expect", "anticipate", "estimate", "believe", "intend", "plan" or "project" or the negative of these words or other variations on or synonyms of these words or comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding strategic plans, future production, sales and revenue estimates, cost estimates and anticipated financial results, capital expenditures, results attributable to mergers and acquisitions activities and other objectives.

        There can be no assurance that forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate and actual results and outcomes could differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.

1


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

        Not applicable.

ITEM 2.    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

        Not applicable.

ITEM 3.    Key Information.

A.    Selected Financial Data

        The selected financial data set forth in the table below has been derived from our audited historical financial statements for each of the fiscal years from 2013 to 2017. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years 2017 and 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data at February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements set forth in "Part III — Item 18. Financial Statements". The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years 2013 through 2015 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data at February 28, 2013, 2014 and 2015 have been derived from our previously published audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report. This selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and are qualified entirely by reference to such consolidated financial statements. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars and in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("U.S. GAAP"). You should read the consolidated financial data with the section of this Annual Report entitled "Part I — Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those financial set forth in "Part III — Item 18. Financial Statements".

        The tables are expressed in USD $000's except share and per share amounts.

Selected Consolidated Statements of Operation Data

 
  For the year ended  
 
  Feb 28
2013
  Feb 28
2014
  Feb 28
2015
  Feb 29
2016
  Feb 28
2017
 

Revenue

    123,877     90,011     157,766     86,295     43,916  

Gross Profit

    19,501     10,663     27,994     13,971     11,814  

Gross Profit %

    15.7%     11.8%     17.7%     16.2%     26.9%  

Operating Expenses

   
76,709
   
50,236
   
47,717
   
37,776
   
27,922
 

Loss before other items

    (57,208 )   (39,573 )   (19,723 )   (23,805 )   (16,108 )

Net loss applicable to shareholders

    (54,749 )   (34,242 )   (21,520 )   (42,304 )   (15,888 )

Net loss per share
Basic & Diluted

    (36.50 )   (20.66 )   (7.90 )   (14.01 )   (3.26 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding
Basic & Diluted

   
1,499,832
   
1,657,535
   
2,724,467
   
3,019,259
   
4,879,738
 

2


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 
  For the year ended  
 
  Feb 28
2013
  Feb 28
2014
  Feb 28
2015
  Feb 29
2016
  Feb 28
2017
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    22,959     18,992     23,692     4,277     4,073  

Trade receivables

    35,452     17,408     48,626     18,986     11,876  

Inventory

    32,722     30,416     24,294     22,702     21,415  

Total other current assets

    19,989     5,978     5,895     2,777     1,791  

Long term assets

    23,872     18,326     18,546     4,325     2,853  

Total assets

    134,994     91,120     121,053     53,067     42,008  

Total liabilities

    79,384     49,677     76,285     48,840     44,448  

Shareholders' equity

    55,594     41,524     43,801     2,520     (3,233 )

Shares issued and outstanding

    1,521,931     2,320,349     3,011,632     3,020,069     7,305,219  

Share Consolidation

        On February 2, 2016, following shareholder approval at a special meeting held on January 26, 2016, we confirmed the consolidation (the "Consolidation") of our common shares on the basis of twenty-five (25) pre-Consolidation shares for one (1) post-Consolidation share. Unless otherwise noted, the information contained in this Annual Report is presented on a post-Consolidation basis.

B.    Capitalization and Indebtedness.

        Not applicable.

C.    Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds.

        Not applicable.

D.    Risk Factors.

        The following are some of the important factors related to our business and industry that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements:

    limited cash resources and our dependence on our credit facilities and accommodations by our lenders and certain suppliers;

    there is doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern due to recurring losses from operations, accumulated deficit and insufficient cash resources to meet our business objectives, all of which means that we may not be able to continue operations;

    we have a history of losses;

    our reliance on a small number of customers for a large percentage of revenue;

    our ability to implement our ongoing program of operating cost reductions;

    intense competition from several competitors;

    competition from indirect competitors;

    future revenue opportunities through our channel partners is uncertain;

    our dependence upon our resellers in certain jurisdictions to provide localized support and other local services which assist us in avoiding certain costs and investments;

    pressure on our pricing models from existing and potential customers and as a result of competition;

    our need for working capital will intensify if we are successful in winning new business;

3


Table of Contents

    our dependence on our ability to develop new products, enhance existing products and execute product roll outs on a basis that meets customer requirements;

    our exposure to product warranty claims, and inventory and account receivables exposure in relation to recent product quality issues;

    our ability to successfully manage our resources;

    our dependence on our ability to manage our workforce and recruit and retain management and other qualified personnel;

    quarterly revenue and operating results that are difficult to predict and can fluctuate substantially;

    a lengthy and variable sales cycle;

    our reliance on suppliers, including outsourced manufacturing, third party component suppliers and suppliers of outsourced services;

    our ability to manage the risks related to increasingly complex engagements with channel partners and end customers;

    our exposure to credit risk for accounts receivable;

    our dependence on the development and growth of the market for high capacity wireless communications services;

    the allocation of radio spectrum and regulatory approvals for our products;

    the ability of our customers to secure a license for applicable radio spectrum;

    changes in government regulation or industry standards that may limit the potential market for our products;

    currency fluctuations;

    our ability to protect our own intellectual property and potential harm to our business if we infringe the intellectual property rights of others;

    risks associated with software licensed by us;

    a change in our tax status or assessment by domestic or foreign tax authorities;

    exposure to risks resulting from our international sales and operations, including the requirement to comply with export control and economic sanctions laws;

    our exposure to potential product defects and product liability claims and health and safety risk relating to wireless products;

    the impact that general economic weakness and volatility may be having on our customers;

    losses or disruptions to operations resulting from a cybersecurity attack; and

    disruption resulting from economic and geopolitical uncertainty.

        In particular, in our most recent fiscal year ended on February 28, 2017, approximately 25% of our sales were through the Nokia channel. Recent developments within Nokia, including Nokia's combination with Alcatel-Lucent, have resulted in our conclusion that new product sales through this channel are unlikely.

        See "Part I — ITEM 4. "Information on our Business — Mergers & Acquisitions and Joint Ventures — Acquisition of Microwave Transport Business of NSN and Relationship with Nokia"

        Additional risks related specifically to our securities include:

    risks associated with maintaining compliance with NASDAQ's continued listing requirements;

    risks associated with our outstanding warrants and the impact that the terms of such warrants have on our ability to raise capital and to undertake certain business transactions;

4


Table of Contents

    risks associated with our ability to raise additional capital;

    large fluctuations in the trading price of our common shares;

    our actual financial results may vary from our publicly disclosed forecasts;

    expense and risks associated with being a U.S. public company and possible loss of our foreign private issuer status;

    expense and risks associated with the loss of our ability to use the multi jurisdictional disclosure system ("MJDS") adopted by the United States and Canada;

    an investor may not be able to bring actions or enforce judgment against us and certain of our directors and officers;

    we do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common shares;

    tax consequences associated with an investment in our securities;

    future sales of common shares by our existing shareholders could cause our share price to fall;

    our management's broad discretion over the use of proceeds of financings; and

    certain Canadian laws could prevent or deter a change of control.

        Readers should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report. The risks and uncertainties below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial also may impair our business operations and cause the price of our common shares or other securities to decline. Any of the matters highlighted in the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In that event, the trading price of our common shares or other securities could decline, and a purchaser of our common shares or other securities may lose all or part of his, her or its investment.

  Risks Related to our Business and Industry

We have limited cash resources and we have had to depend on our credit facilities and accommodations by our lenders and certain suppliers.

        While our objective is cash flow break-even from operations, given the volatility in our revenues we cannot accurately predict when that objective will be achieved, if at all. We intend to continue to rely on our revolving credit facilities to provide working capital to finance our operations. As discussed above, during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017, we were in breach of certain covenants under our credit facilities and entered into a forbearance agreement with Comerica Bank. Subsequent to February 28, 2017, the fourth forbearance agreement had expired and a new forbearance agreement has not yet been agreed.

        We are dependent on the continued availability of these credit facilities or alternative sources of financing. Alternative sources of financing could include public or private debt or equity financings. Our ability to access our existing credit facilities and/or alternative sources of funding is heavily dependent on the rollout by our customers of large network enhancement projects which include a microwave backhaul component. If one of our current or targeted large customers significantly reduces or delays expected purchases of our products or services, our cash resources will be materially adversely affected.

        In order to maintain our credit facilities in good standing, we must comply with bank covenants and carefully manage our cash. From time to time this places constraints on our ability to make investments and ramp up our operations.

        In addition, we have benefited from a low interest environment. If interest rates increase, our costs of borrowing will increase, which may adversely affect our financial condition.

        The Company relies on flexible payment terms from its suppliers as part of its working capital strategy. In some cases, this has included extended payment terms. While we expect our suppliers to continue to support this

5


Table of Contents

approach, there can be no guarantee that our suppliers will continue to support the payment terms that we have relied on in the past, and any changes would result in further working capital pressures on the Company.

There is doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern due to recurring losses from operations, accumulated deficit and insufficient cash resources to meet our business objectives, all of which means that we may not be able to continue operations.

        We have generated operating losses and continue to consume significant cash resources, which together raise doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. In order to continue as a going concern, the Company has to successfully implement a number of changes which may be difficult to achieve or may not happen before the Company's remaining cash resources are fully depleted. These plans include:

    Further cost reductions to match anticipated revenue levels;

    Successfully transitioning our sales efforts toward markets with higher gross margins, and lower working capital requirements;

    Continuing to collect accounts receivable from customers in a timely manner;

    Actively investigating and pursuing alternative forms of financing;

    Reducing inventory levels in both raw material and finished goods inventory;

    Working closely with vendors to ensure supply continuity; and

    Investigating strategic and financial alternatives that may be available including a potential sale of the Company, alternative debt and equity, and business combinations.

We have a history of losses and cannot provide assurance that we will achieve profitability. If we fail to do so, our share price may decline or we may be forced to discontinue operations.

        We expect our expenses will be managed in light of short term and long term revenue opportunities. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to achieve profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our business strategies may be unsuccessful. If short term and long term revenue opportunities do not come to fruition, this will impact our ability to achieve profitability. If we are not able to achieve profitability, our share price may decline and we may require additional financing, which may not be available to us and may cause us to discontinue operations. If we discontinue operations, our investors could lose their entire investment.

We rely on a small number of customers for a large percentage of our revenue.

        Historically, we have relied on a small number of customers for a large percentage of our revenue. During the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017, we reshaped our channel strategy. Our revised strategy primarily positions our latest and new products directly to customers. We have been dependent, and expect that in at least the next twelve months we will continue to be dependent, on a small number of key customers. Nokia represented approximately 25% of our sales for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 and we expect this revenue to decline rapidly over time. Other key customers accounted for 14% and 13% of revenue respectively in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017.

        We are heavily dependent on the rollout by our customers of large network enhancement projects which include a microwave backhaul component for our revenue. These projects are capital intensive for our target customers and are subject to uncertain timing and budgetary decisions. If one of our large customers significantly reduces or delays expected purchases of our products or services, our revenue will be adversely affected.

        We generally supply products to our end-customers and channel partners on a purchase order basis and, accordingly, customers are under no ongoing obligation to buy our products. Our relationships with our end-customers and channel partners are generally not exclusive. To the extent that certain of our end-customers and channel partners regard us as a critical supplier of equipment, such customers and channel partners may choose to develop alternative sources of supply, such as our competitors, in order to mitigate actual or perceived risk to their own supply chains. If one or more of our end-customers or channel partners discontinues its

6


Table of Contents

relationship with us for any reason, or reduces or postpones current or expected purchases of our products or services, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

        Strategic transactions within the service provider market, such as consolidation as a result of mergers as well as divestitures and restructurings, may introduce uncertainty into our customers and prospective customers as they realign their businesses. This may delay orders for our products and services, cause orders to be cancelled or the use of our products to be discontinued, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our need for working capital will intensify if we are successful in winning new business.

        An increase in demand for our products, including through successfully winning new business, will increase our need for working capital to support the supply of such products to our customers. Spikes in demand as a result of the project-based nature of network deployments will strain our financial resources. To the extent that our working capital funding requirements exceed our financial resources, we will need to seek additional sources of debt or equity financing to support our working capital needs. Furthermore, additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. A failure to obtain additional financing could prevent us from making expenditures that may be required to respond effectively to an increase in demand for our products.

We face intense competition from several competitors and if we do not compete effectively with these competitors, our revenue may not grow and could decline.

        We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, intense competition from a number of companies. Among independent microwave vendors, we compete principally with Aviat Networks, Inc., Ceragon Networks Ltd., SIAE Microelettronica and NEC Corporation. Our existing and/or new competitors may announce new products, services or enhancements that better meet the needs of customers or changing industry standards or deeply discount the price of their products. Further, new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge. Increased competition may cause price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen co-operative relationships with sales channel partners or other parties with whom we have strategic relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote and sell our products. For example, certain of our competitors are included in Nokia's recently introduced microwave ecosystem.

        Some of our competitors and potential competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and/or service resources than us and/or have greater geographical reach to existing and prospective customers. Some of these companies also have a larger installed base of products, longer operating histories or greater name recognition than we do. Some of our competitors have the ability to offer vendor financing to their customers which we do not currently have nor expect to have in the foreseeable future. Customers for our products are particularly concerned that their suppliers will continue to operate and provide upgrades and maintenance for their products over a long-term period. Our relatively small size and short operating history may be considered negatively by current and prospective customers. In addition, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly than us to changes in end-user requirements and devote greater resources to the enhancement, promotion and sale of their products.

We face competition from indirect competitors.

        In addition to direct competitors, we face competition from broadband technologies that compete with wireless transmission. Our products compete to a certain extent with other high-speed communications solutions, including fiber optic lines, DSL, free space optics, low and medium capacity point-to-point radios and other wireless technologies. Some of these technologies utilize existing installed infrastructure and have achieved significantly greater market acceptance and penetration than high-capacity broadband wireless technologies. Our wireless products and many other wireless products require a direct line of sight between antennas, potentially limiting deployment options and the ability to deploy products in a cost-effective manner. In addition, customers may wish to use transmission frequencies for which we do not offer products and, therefore, such customers may turn to our competitors to fulfill their requirements. We expect to face increasing

7


Table of Contents

competitive pressures from both current and future technologies in the broadband backhaul market. In light of these factors, the market for broadband wireless solutions may fail to develop or may develop more slowly than expected. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have to reduce our prices from time to time in response to intense competition. If we are required to change our prices in the future to compete successfully, our margins and operating results may be adversely affected.

        The intensely competitive market in which we conduct our business has required us to reduce our prices, and may require us to do so in the future. If our competitors offer deep discounts on certain products or services in an effort to recapture or gain market share or to sell other products and services, we may be required to lower our prices or offer other favorable terms to compete successfully. In the past, certain changes in our pricing models have had a negative impact on our margins and operating results. Any such changes in the future could reduce our margins and could adversely affect our operating results.

We depend on our ability to implement our ongoing program of operating cost reductions.

        Our future success depends on both growing revenues and our ability to effectively implement our ongoing cost control and efficiency programs. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to successfully reduce our operating costs. If we are unable to successfully reduce our operating costs, we may be forced to discontinue operations.

Our success depends on our ability to develop new products, enhance existing products, and execute product roll-outs on a basis that meets customer requirements.

        The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and increasingly sophisticated customer requirements. The introduction of products embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards can render our existing products obsolete and unmarketable and can exert price pressures on existing products. Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and react quickly to changes in technology or in industry standards and to successfully develop and introduce new, enhanced and competitive products on a timely basis. In particular, the continued acceptance and future success of our product offerings will depend on the capacity of those products to handle growing volumes of traffic, their reliability and security, and their cost-effectiveness compared to competitive product offerings. We cannot give assurance that we will successfully develop new products or enhance and improve our existing products, that new products and enhanced and improved existing products will achieve market acceptance, or that the introduction of new products or enhanced existing products by others will not render our products obsolete. Our inability to develop products that are competitive in technology and price and that meet customer needs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Accelerated product introductions and short product life cycles require high levels of expenditure for research and development that could adversely affect our operating results. Further, any new products that we develop could require long development and testing periods and may not be introduced in a timely manner or may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. We may also determine that certain product candidates do not have sufficient potential to warrant the continued allocation of resources. Accordingly, we may elect to terminate one or more of our programs for such product candidates. If we terminate a product in development in which we have invested significant resources, our prospects may suffer, as we will have expended resources on a project that does not provide a return on our investment and we may have missed the opportunity to have allocated those resources to potentially more productive uses. This may negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

        If a new product does receive market acceptance, it is often necessary to adapt our supply chain rapidly in order to meet customer expectations and demand. Constraints caused by component suppliers and outsourced manufacturers can slow the pace of new product rollouts, adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        As we develop new products, our older products will reach the end of their lives. As we discontinue the sale of these older products, we must manage the liquidation of inventory, supplier commitments and customer

8


Table of Contents

expectations. Part of our inventory may be written off, which would increase our cost of sales. In addition, we may be exposed to losses on inventories purchased by our contract manufacturers. If we or our contract manufacturers are unable to properly manage the discontinuation of older products and/or if we are unable to secure customer acceptance of new products, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We are subject to product warranty claims and inventory and account receivables exposure in relation to recent product quality issues.

        As discussed below under the heading "Legal Proceedings", in January 2016, an arbitration process was initiated with a customer in India to resolve a dispute over inventory shipped to them in June 2015. The value of the inventory shipped is $4.7 million. The customer has submitted their claim statement which we feel has no merit. We submitted a counter-claim for the material shipped, orders cancelled and other damages in June 2016. Since that date there have been four arbitration hearings. The next hearing date is expected to be held in June, 2017. As of the date of this Annual Report, the outcome of this matter is not determinable but there can be no guarantee that the arbitration decision in this matter will be favorable to us.

Future revenue opportunities through our channel partners is uncertain.

        We are dependent upon our ability to establish and develop new relationships and to build on existing relationships with channel partners to sell our current and future products and services. We cannot provide assurance that we will be successful in maintaining or building on our relationships with channel partners. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that our channel partners will act in a manner that will promote the success of our products and services. Failure by channel partners to promote and support our products and services could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In our fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 our principal channel partner was Nokia. Our sales through the Nokia channel accounted for 25% of our revenues in the 2017 fiscal year. As discussed above, we expect sales through the Nokia channel to decrease significantly and rapidly as a result of Nokia's acquisition of Alcatel-Lucent and its competing microwave product lines. See "Acquisition of Microwave Transport Business of NSN and Relationship with Nokia".

        Most of our channel partners also sell products and services of our competitors. If some of our competitors offer their products and services to our channel partners on more favorable terms or have more products or services available to meet their needs, there may be pressure on us to reduce the price of our products or services or increase the commissions payable to channel partners, failing which our channel partners may stop carrying our products or services or de-emphasize the sale of our products and services in favor of the products and services of our competitors.

        We believe that channel partners exert significant influence on customer purchasing decisions, especially purchasing decisions by large service provider customers. In particular, large service provider customers may choose to adopt strategies to limit the number of channel partners and/or equipment vendors for their network builds, or only contract with channel partners that offer "end to end" solutions, to address interoperability concerns among other reasons. This approach may reduce our opportunities to sell directly to end-customers and increase our reliance on our channel partners. In addition, several of our channel partners have developed their own microwave solutions internally. To the extent that our channel partners have or acquire their own microwave solutions that compete with our products, our relationships with these channel partners could be materially adversely affected.

        Mergers and consolidations among channel partners could disrupt our sales channels, particularly if a merger partner introduces its own internal microwave solution into one of our established channel partners.

        We are also directly and indirectly exposed to developments in our channel partners' businesses. Competition in the mobile broadband infrastructure and related services market is intense. Our channel partners may be unable to maintain or improve their market position or respond successfully to changes in the competitive environment. Our channel partners may fail to effectively and profitably invest in new competitive products, services, upgrades and technologies and bring them to market in a timely manner. To the extent that

9


Table of Contents

our business depends on our channel partners, the failure of our channel partners to adopt successful strategies and grow their own businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to successfully manage our managerial, financial and human resources through spikes in demand may adversely impact our operating results.

        Given the project-based nature of deployments, we experience spikes in demand that are unpredictable and can place a strain on managerial, financial and human resources. Our ability to manage our operations will depend in large part upon a number of factors, including our ability to rapidly:

    build a network of channel partners to create an expanding presence in the evolving marketplace for our products and services;

    build a sales team to keep customers and channel partners informed regarding the technical features, issues and key selling points of our products and services;

    attract and retain qualified technical personnel in order to continue to develop reliable and flexible products and provide services that respond to evolving customer needs;

    develop support capacity for customers as sales increase, so that we can provide post-sales support without diverting resources from product development efforts; and

    expand our internal management and financial controls significantly, so that we can maintain control over our operations and provide support to other functional areas.

        Our inability to achieve any of these objectives could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, managing organizational changes have strained the Company's management, operational and financial resources. Any future mergers or acquisitions may increase the strain on our management, operational and financial resources. If the Company does not succeed in managing organizational changes effectively, the Company may not be able to meet the demand, if any, for its products and we may lose sales or customers, harming our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to manage our workforce, recruit and retain management and other qualified personnel is crucial to our ability to develop, market, sell and support our products and services.

        We depend on the services of our key technical, sales, marketing and management personnel. The loss of any of these key persons could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our success is also highly dependent on our continuing ability to identify, hire, train, motivate and retain highly qualified technical, sales, marketing and management personnel. Competition for such personnel can be intense, and we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to attract or retain highly qualified technical, sales, marketing and management personnel in the future. Stock options and other share based compensation comprise a significant component of our compensation of key employees, and if our share price declines, it may be difficult to recruit and retain such individuals. The size of our pool for share based awards (including options) may limit our ability to use equity incentives as a means to recruit and retain key employees. Our inability to attract and retain the necessary technical, sales, marketing and management personnel may adversely affect our future growth and profitability. We have recently implemented reductions in the salaries of our executive officers. In the future, it may be necessary for us to increase the level of compensation paid to existing or new employees to a degree that our operating expenses could be materially increased. We do not currently maintain corporate life insurance policies on key employees.

        As we expand globally, we may add to our workforce in jurisdictions where it is common or legally required for employees to be unionized. In such case, we may become dependent on maintaining good relations with our workforce in order to, among other things, minimize the possibility of strikes, lock-outs and other stoppages that could affect our operations. Relations with our employees may be impacted by changes in labour relations which may be introduced by, among other things, employee groups, unions, and the relevant governmental authorities

10


Table of Contents

in whose jurisdictions we carry on business. Labour disruptions that directly or indirectly affect any of our operations could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our quarterly revenue and operating results can be difficult to predict and can fluctuate substantially.

        Our revenue is difficult to forecast, is likely to fluctuate significantly and may not be indicative of our future performance from quarter to quarter. In addition, our operating results may not follow any past trends. The factors affecting our revenue and results, many of which are outside of our control, include:

    competitive conditions in our industry, including strategic initiatives by us or our competitors, new products or services, product or service announcements and changes in pricing policy by us or our competitors;

    market acceptance of our products and services;

    our ability to maintain existing relationships and to create new relationships with channel partners;

    varying size, timing and contractual terms of orders for our products, which may delay the recognition of revenue;

    the project-based nature of deployments of our products;

    the discretionary nature of purchase and budget cycles of our customers and changes in their budgets for, and timing of, equipment purchases;

    strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

    general weakening of the economy resulting in a decrease in the overall demand for telecommunications products and services or otherwise affecting the capital investment levels of service providers;

    timing of product development and new product initiatives; and

    the length and variability of the sales cycles for our products.

        Because our quarterly revenue is dependent upon a relatively small number of transactions, even minor variations in the rate and timing of conversion of our sales prospects into revenue could cause us to plan or budget inaccurately, and those variations could adversely affect our financial results. Delays or reductions in the amount or cancellations of customers' purchases would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have a lengthy and variable sales cycle.

        It is difficult for us to forecast the timing of revenue from sales of our products because our customers typically invest substantial time, money and other resources researching their needs and available competitive alternatives before deciding to purchase our products and services. Typically, the larger the potential sale, the more time, money and other resources will be invested by customers. As a result, it may take many months after our first contact with an end-customer before a sale can actually be completed. In addition, we rely on our channel partners to sell our products to customers and, therefore, our sales efforts are vulnerable to delays at both the channel partner and the end-customer level.

        During these long sales cycles, events may occur that affect the size or timing of the order or even cause it to be cancelled, including:

    purchasing decisions may be postponed, or large purchases reduced, during periods of economic uncertainty;

    we or our competitors may announce or introduce new products or services;

    our competitors may offer lower prices on similar products; or

    budget and purchasing priorities of customers may change.

        If these events were to occur, sales of our products or services may be cancelled or delayed, which would reduce our revenue.

11


Table of Contents

We rely on our suppliers to supply components for our products and we are exposed to the risk that these suppliers will not be able to supply components on a timely basis, or at all.

        The manufacturers of our products depend on obtaining adequate supplies of components on a timely basis. We source several key components used in the manufacture of our products from a limited number of suppliers, and in some instances, a single source supplier.

        In addition, these components are often acquired through purchase orders and we may have no long-term commitments regarding supply or pricing from our suppliers. Lead-times for various components may lengthen, which may make certain components scarce. As component demand increases and lead-times become longer, our suppliers may increase component costs. We also depend on anticipated product orders to determine our materials requirements. Lead-times for limited-source materials and components can be as long as six months, vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for a component at a given time. From time to time, shortages in allocations of components have resulted in delays in filling orders. Shortages and delays in obtaining components in the future could impede our ability to meet customer orders. Any of these sole source or limited source suppliers could stop producing the components, cease operations entirely, or be acquired by, or enter into exclusive arrangements with, our competitors. As a result, these sole source and limited source suppliers may stop selling their components to our outsourced manufacturers at commercially reasonable prices, or at all. Any such interruption, delay or inability to obtain these components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time would adversely affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and reduce margins realized.

        Alternative sources of components are not always available or available at acceptable prices. In addition, we rely on, but have limited control over, the quality, reliability and availability of the components supplied to us. If we cannot manufacture our products due to a lack of components, or are unable to redesign our products with other components in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

        Our dependence and exposure on component suppliers is heightened when we introduce new products. New products frequently include components that we do not use in other product lines. When we introduce new products, we must secure reliable sources of supply for those products at volumes that will be dictated by end-customer demand. Demand is often difficult to predict until the new product is better established. Constraints in our supply chain can slow the progress of new product roll-outs, adversely affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely primarily upon two outsourced manufacturers for manufacturing and we are exposed to the risk that these manufacturers will not be able to satisfy our manufacturing needs on a timely basis.

        We do not have any internal manufacturing capabilities and we rely upon a small number of outsourced manufacturers to manufacture our products. Substantially all of our products are currently manufactured by Jabil and Plexus. See "Description of the Business – General – Production and Services". Our ability to ship products to our customers could be delayed or interrupted as a result of a variety of factors relating to our outsourced manufacturers, including:

    our outsourced manufacturers not being obligated to manufacture our products on a long-term basis in any specific quantity or at any specific price;

    early termination of, or failure to renew, contractual arrangements;

    our failure to effectively manage our outsourced manufacturer relationships;

    our outsourced manufacturers experiencing delays, disruptions or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations;

    lead-times for required materials and components varying significantly and being dependent on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and the demand for each component at a given time;

    underestimating our requirements, resulting in our outsourced manufacturers having inadequate materials and components required to produce our products, or overestimating our requirements,

12


Table of Contents

      resulting in charges assessed by the outsourced manufacturers or liabilities for excess inventory, each of which could negatively affect our gross margins;

    the possible absence of adequate capacity and reduced control over component availability, quality assurances, delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs; and

    our outsourced manufacturers experiencing financial instability which could affect their ability to manufacture or deliver our products.

        Although we believe that Jabil and Plexus have sufficient economic incentive to perform our manufacturing, the resources devoted to these activities by Jabil and Plexus are not within our control, and there can be no assurance that manufacturing problems will not occur in the future. Insufficient supply or an interruption or stoppage of supply from Jabil and Plexus or our inability to obtain additional manufacturers when and if needed, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        If any of our outsourced manufacturers are unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our products in required volumes and quality levels, we will have to identify, qualify, select and implement acceptable alternative manufacturers, which would likely be time consuming and costly. In addition, an alternate source may not be available to us or may not be in a position to satisfy our production requirements at commercially reasonable prices and quality. Therefore, any significant interruption in manufacturing would result in us being unable to deliver the affected products to meet our customer orders, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our engagements with our channel partners and end-customers are increasingly complex, particularly for large network deployments, and failure to execute may result in commercial penalties or liquidated damages.

        Some of the projects for which we offer products and services are increasing in size and complexity, both on a technical level and in terms of required interaction with our channel partners. The larger and more complex such projects are, the greater the risks associated with such projects. These risks may include exposure to penalties and liabilities resulting from a breach of contract, failure to deliver on the agreed product roadmap or warranted features, failure to resolve product quality or performance issues, failure to meet delivery lead times, or failure to effectively integrate our products with third party products.

We are dependent upon our resellers in certain jurisdictions to provide localized support and other local services which assist us in avoiding certain costs and investments.

        By selling our products in certain markets through resellers, the Company is able to avoid certain costs relating to operating in those markets, including but not limited to local support costs, costs of maintaining a local legal entity, administration costs and logistics. If we choose or are required to sell direct in these markets (due to customer preference, termination of a reseller relationship or other reasons) the cost advantages described will no longer be available to us, which could result in an increase in operating costs.

We may be adversely affected by credit risk.

        We are exposed to credit risk for accounts receivable in the event that counterparties do not meet their obligations. We attempt to mitigate our credit risk to the extent possible by performing credit reviews. Both economic and geopolitical uncertainty can influence the ultimate collectability of these receivable amounts. Failure to collect outstanding receivables could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our growth is dependent on the development and growth of the market for high-capacity wireless communications services.

        The market for high-capacity wireless communications services is still emerging and the market demand, price sensitivity and preferred business model to deliver these services remain highly uncertain. Our growth is dependent on, among other things, the size and pace at which the market for high-capacity wireless communications services develops. If this market does not gain widespread acceptance and declines, remains

13


Table of Contents

constant or grows more slowly than anticipated, we may not be able to grow, and our overall revenues and operating results will be materially and adversely affected.

        In particular, our products are optimized for service providers that wish to deploy networks based on emerging 3G+ technologies such as HSPA and LTE. There can be no assurance that there will be sufficient end-user demand for services offered using these emerging network technologies. Other competing technologies may be developed that have advantages over these emerging technologies, and service providers of other networks based on these competing technologies may be able to deploy their networks at a lower cost, which may allow these service providers to compete more effectively.

        Service providers that do choose to deploy emerging technologies for high-capacity wireless communications services are also dependent on suppliers other than us in order to build and operate their networks. If these third party suppliers are unsuccessful in developing the network components, subscriber equipment and other equipment required by our customers in a timely and cost-efficient manner, network deployments by our customers and demand for our products will be materially and adversely affected.

If sufficient radio spectrum is not allocated for use by our products or if we fail to obtain regulatory approval for our products, our ability to market our products may be restricted.

        Radio communications are subject to significant regulation in North America, Europe, India and other jurisdictions in which we sell our products. Generally, our products must conform to a variety of national and international standards and requirements established to avoid interference among users of radio frequencies and to permit the interconnections of telecommunications equipment. In addition, our products are affected by the allocation and licensing (by auction or other means) of radio spectrum by governmental authorities. Such governmental authorities may not allocate or license sufficient radio spectrum for use by prospective customers of our products. Historically, in many developed countries, the lack of availability of commercial radio spectrum or the failure by governments to license that spectrum has inhibited the growth of wireless telecommunications networks.

        In order to sell our products in any given jurisdiction, we must obtain regulatory approval for our products. Each jurisdiction in which we market our products has its own rules relating to such approval. Products that support emerging wireless telecommunications services can be marketed in a jurisdiction only if permitted by suitable radio spectrum allocations and regulations, and the process of establishing new regulations is complex and lengthy.

        Any failure by regulatory authorities to allocate suitable and sufficient radio spectrum to potential customers in a timely manner could adversely and materially impact demand for our products and may result in the delay or loss of potential orders for our products. In addition, any failure by us to obtain or maintain the proper regulatory approvals for our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our current or prospective customers are unable to secure a license for applicable radio spectrum or other regulatory approvals to operate as a service provider, the customer may not be permitted to deploy or operate a wireless network using our products.

        Our products operate primarily on government-licensed radio frequencies. Users of our products must either have a spectrum license to operate and provide communications services in the applicable frequency or must acquire the right to do so from another license holder. In many jurisdictions, regulatory approvals are also required in order to operate a telecommunications or radio-communications network. Obtaining such licenses and other approvals is a lengthy process and is subject to significant uncertainties, including uncertainties as to timing and availability. There can be no assurance as to when any government may license radio spectrum or as to whether our customers will be successful in securing, maintaining or renewing any necessary spectrum licenses or other regulatory approvals.

        In addition, if a license holder of such radio spectrum files for liquidation, dissolution or bankruptcy, substantial time could pass before its licenses are transferred, cancelled, reissued or made available by the applicable government licensing authority. Until the licenses are transferred, cancelled, reissued or otherwise

14


Table of Contents

made available, other operators may be precluded from operating in such licensed spectrum, which could decrease demand for our products. In addition, if the authorities choose to revoke licenses for certain radio frequencies, demand for our products may decrease as well.

Changes in government regulation, or industry standards, may limit the potential markets for our products. We may need to modify our products, which may increase our product costs and adversely affect our ability to become profitable.

        Radio frequencies are subject to extensive regulation both nationally and internationally. The emergence or evolution of regulations and industry standards for wireless products, through official standards committees or widespread use by operators, could require us to modify our systems. This may be expensive and time-consuming. Each country has different regulations and procedures for the approval of wireless communications equipment and the uses of radio spectrum in association with that equipment. If new industry standards emerge that we do not anticipate, our products could be rendered obsolete.

We may be adversely affected by currency fluctuations.

        The majority of our revenue and direct cost of sales is earned and incurred in U.S. dollars, while our operating expenses are (or have been) incurred in Canadian dollars, Israeli shekels, Chinese renminbi, U.S. dollars and EUROs. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, such as the Canadian dollar, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. As of March 1, 2010, we adopted the U.S. dollar as our functional and reporting currency. This was a result of the shift over time of the proportion of our revenues and expenses in U.S. dollars. We do not currently engage in transactional hedging schemes but we do attempt to hedge or mitigate the risk of currency fluctuations by actively monitoring and managing our foreign currency holdings relative to our foreign currency expenses.

If our intellectual property is not adequately protected, we may lose our competitive advantage.

        Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our rights in our intellectual property. We rely on various intellectual property protections, including patents, copyright, trade-mark and trade secret laws and contractual provisions, to preserve our intellectual property rights. Our present protective measures may not be adequate or enforceable to prevent misappropriation of our technology or to prevent a third party from developing the same or similar technology. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without our authorization. Policing unauthorized use of intellectual property is difficult, and some foreign laws and jurisdictions do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of Canada or the United States.

        To protect our intellectual property, we may become involved in litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert management's attention, cause significant delays, materially disrupt the conduct of our business or adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be harmed if we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others.

        Our commercial success depends, in part, upon us not infringing intellectual property rights owned by others. A number of our competitors and other third parties have been issued patents and may have filed patent applications or may obtain additional patents and proprietary rights for technologies similar to those used by us in our products. Some of these patents may grant very broad protection to the owners of the patents. We cannot determine with certainty whether any existing third party patents or the issuance of any third party patents would require us to alter our technology, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. We may become subject to claims by third parties that our technology infringes their intellectual property rights due to the growth of products in our target markets, the overlap in functionality of these products and the prevalence of products. Aggressive patent litigation is not uncommon in our industry and can be disruptive. We may become subject to these claims either directly or through indemnities against these claims that we routinely provide to our customers and channel partners. In some of our agreements we do not have a limit on our liability for such claims and therefore a successful claim could result in significant liability to us.

        In addition, we have received, and may receive in the future, claims from third parties asserting infringement and other related claims. Litigation may be necessary to determine the scope, enforceability and

15


Table of Contents

validity of such third party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors have, or are affiliated with companies having, substantially greater resources than us and these competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for a longer period of time than us. Regardless of their merit, any such claims could:

    be time consuming to evaluate and defend;

    result in costly litigation;

    cause product shipment delays or stoppages;

    divert the attention and focus of our management and technical personnel away from our business;

    subject us to significant damages, noting that in the United States plaintiffs may be entitled to treble damages if intellectual property infringement is found to be willful;

    subject us to significant other liabilities, including liability to indemnify end-customers pursuant to standard contractual indemnities entered into by us in favor of those customers;

    require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements to avoid or settle infringement litigation; and

    require us to modify, rename or stop using the infringing technology.

        We may be prohibited from developing or commercializing certain technologies and products unless we obtain a license from a third party. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any such license on commercially favorable terms, or at all. If we do not obtain such a license, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected and we could be required to cease related business operations in some markets and to restructure our business to focus on operations in other markets.

        Moreover, license agreements with third parties may not include all intellectual property rights that may be issued to or owned by the licensors, and future disputes with these parties are possible. Current or future negotiations with third parties to establish license or cross license arrangements, or to renew existing licenses, may not be successful and we may not be able to obtain or renew a license on satisfactory terms, or at all. If we cannot obtain required licenses, or if existing licenses are not renewed, litigation could result.

If we lose our rights to use software we currently license from third parties, we could be forced to seek alternative technology, which could increase our operating expenses and could adversely affect our ability to compete.

        We license certain software used in our products from third parties, generally on a non-exclusive basis. The termination of any of these licenses, or the failure of the licensors to adequately maintain or update their software, could delay our ability to ship our products while we seek to implement alternative technology offered by other sources and could require significant unplanned investments on our part if we are forced to develop alternative technology internally. In addition, alternative technology may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms from other sources. In the future, it may be necessary or desirable to obtain other third party technology licenses relating to one or more of our products or relating to current or future technologies to enhance our product offerings. There is a risk that we will not be able to obtain licensing rights to the needed technology on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We are subject to taxation and review by international tax authorities as we continue to operate globally, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We operate in various tax jurisdictions throughout the world and also generate revenues through international sales efforts. A change in our tax status or assessment by domestic or foreign tax authorities may adversely impact our operating results. While we believe that all of our tax positions are reasonable and correctly determined, there can be no assurance that applicable tax authorities will agree with those positions.

16


Table of Contents

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results.

        Our business model is to sell our products across the world in jurisdictions where service providers are building new communications networks or expanding existing networks, and our sales and operations are, therefore, global in nature. As a result of the completion of the NSN Transaction, our exposure to international markets was significantly increased. Our current and future international operations subject us to a variety of risks, including:

    difficulty managing and staffing foreign offices and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;

    increased time and costs to ensure adequate business interruption controls, processes and facilities;

    increased time and costs to manage and evolve financial reporting systems, maintain effective financial disclosure controls and procedures, and comply with corporate governance requirements in multiple jurisdictions;

    increased costs and potential disruption of facilities transitions required in some business acquisitions;

    increased exposure to global social, political and economic instability, and changes in economic conditions;

    potential increased exposure to liability or damage of reputation resulting from a higher incidence of corruption or unethical business practices in some countries;

    difficulties in enforcing contracts, collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles, especially in emerging markets;

    the need to localize our products and licensing programs for international customers;

    tariffs, trade barriers, compliance with customs regulations and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell or develop our products in certain foreign markets;

    increased exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk;

    reduced protection and limited enforcement for intellectual property rights in some countries; and

    potential increased exposure to natural disasters, epidemics and acts of war or terrorism.

        Because our products are sold and marketed in different countries, the products must function in and meet the requirements of many different environments and be compatible with various systems and products. If our products fail to meet these requirements, this could negatively impact on sales and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition. If we are unable to successfully address the potential risks associated with our overall international operations, our operating results and financial condition may be negatively impacted.

We are subject to government regulations concerning our products and their sale and export and our failure or inability to comply with these regulations could materially restrict our operations and subject us to penalties.

        As discussed above, our sales and operations are global in nature and we must comply with applicable export control and economic sanctions laws. Canadian export control and economic sanctions laws govern any information, products or materials that we ship from Canada or otherwise provide to non-Canadian persons. On May 27, 2009 and August 14, 2009, we filed a 'non-compliance report' with Canada's Export and Import Controls Bureau ("EICB") relating to our inadvertent non-compliance with the requirement to obtain an export permit covering certain of our products and a number of export sales and electronic transfers of these products since October 2004. While there can be no assurance that the Government of Canada will not exercise its discretion to impose penalties or impose conditions with respect to the issuance of new export permits in respect of the past acts of non-compliance, since the time we first reported past non-compliance on May 27, 2009, the EICB, on November 26, 2009, granted us a broad-based export permit for a period of two years. We have subsequently been issued a new broad-based export permit that is valid until November 2017. Regardless of its past practice, if the EICB elects to decline the issuance of further export permits or deems us to be in

17


Table of Contents

non-compliance of such permits based on continuing disclosure, our ability to continue to export our products could be restricted which could materially disrupt the conduct of our business or adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

        Finally, although we are a Canadian company, certain of our business transactions are also governed by U.S. export control requirements, including the export of items containing more than de minimis amounts of U.S. controlled content. While we are not aware of any instances of non-compliance with U.S. licensing requirements for hardware or technology exports made during the past five years, our internal review raised questions concerning certain past internet-based transfers of software (some of which apparently contained small amounts of low-level encryption for networking), and we filed a voluntary disclosure with the U.S. Department of Commerce.

        In addition to government regulations regarding sale and export, we are subject to other regulations regarding our products. For example, the SEC has adopted disclosure rules for companies that use conflict minerals in their products, with substantial supply chain verification requirements in the event that the materials come from, or could have come from, the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. These new rules and verification requirements may impose additional costs on us and on our suppliers, and may limit the sources or increase the prices of materials used in our products. Further, if we are unable to certify that our products are conflict free, we may face challenges with our customers, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage, and our reputation may be harmed.

Defects in our products could result in significant costs to us and could impair our ability to sell our products.

        Our products are complex and, accordingly, they may contain defects or errors, particularly when first introduced or as new versions are released. We may not discover such defects or errors until after a product has been released and used by our end-customers. Defects and errors in our products could materially and adversely affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us, delay planned release dates and impair our ability to sell our products in the future. The costs we incur correcting any product defects or errors may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating margins. While we plan to continually test our products for defects and errors and work with customers through our post-sales support services to identify and correct defects and errors, defects or errors in our products may be found in the future.

        During the deployment phase with a new Tier 1 customer in India in June 2015, we experienced an unexpected problem with our product. Our root cause analysis identified the cause of the problem and a plan was developed which would fully address the problem through a retrofit. Replacement parts for the retrofit involve a well-known and reliable technology and are readily available. The customer was advised of this solution, however the deployment has not resumed and the customer has initiated an arbitration process with the Company. We continue to pursue a resolution to this matter and we may face additional costs associated with this situation. See "Legal Proceedings" below.

If a successful product liability claim were made against us, our business could be seriously harmed.

        Our agreements with our customers typically, although not always, contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential product liability claims. Despite this, it is possible that these limitations of liability provisions may not be effective as a result of existing or future laws or unfavorable judicial decisions. We have not experienced a material product liability claim to date; however, the sale and support of our products may entail the risk of those claims, which are likely to be substantial in light of the use of our products in critical applications. A successful product liability claim could result in significant monetary liability to us and could seriously harm our business.

A general global economic downturn may negatively affect our customers and their ability to purchase our products. A downturn may decrease our revenues and increase our costs and may increase credit risk with our customers and impact our ability to collect accounts receivable and recognize revenue.

        Since the middle of 2008, there has been global economic uncertainty, including reduced economic growth, reduced confidence in financial markets, bank failures and credit availability concerns. Disruptions in the financial markets have had and may continue to have an adverse effect on the U.S. and world economies, which

18


Table of Contents

could adversely and materially impact business spending patterns. Tightening of credit in financial markets could adversely affect the ability of our customers and suppliers to obtain financing for significant purchases and operations and could result in a decrease in or cancellation of orders for our products.

        Economic downturns may exacerbate some of the other risks that affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. A tighter credit market for consumer, business, and service provider spending may have several adverse effects, including reduced demand for our products, increased price competition or deferment of purchases and orders by our customers. Additional effects may include increased demand for customer finance, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable and increased risk of counterparty failures.

We may be negatively affected by geopolitical uncertainty.

        The market for our products depends on geopolitical conditions affecting the broader market. Acts of terrorism and the outbreak of hostilities and armed conflicts between countries can create geopolitical uncertainties that may affect the global economy. We have conducted significant business in the Middle East which has recently been subject to increased political tensions and changes. Some of these changes have in fact affected our ability in recent fiscal years to do business in this region. Downturns in the economy or geopolitical uncertainties may cause our customers to delay or cancel projects, reduce their overall capital or operating budgets or reduce or cancel orders for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

There may be health and safety risks relating to wireless products.

        Our wireless communications products emit electromagnetic radiation. In recent years, there has been publicity regarding, and increased public attention with respect to, the potentially negative direct and indirect health and safety effects of electromagnetic emissions from cellular telephones and other wireless equipment sources, including allegations that these emissions may cause cancer. Health and safety issues related to our products may arise that could lead to litigation or other actions against us or to additional regulation of our products. We may be required to modify our technology and may not be able to do so. We may also be required to pay damages that may reduce our profitability and adversely affect our financial condition. Even if these concerns prove to be baseless, the resulting negative publicity could affect our ability to market our products and, in turn, could harm our business and results of operations.

Disruptions due to cyber security breaches could affect our business, operations and financial condition.

        Our operations involve the storage of confidential and proprietary information. Security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss or stolen intellectual property or information about our operations, litigation, indemnity obligations and other liability. If our security measures are breached and someone successfully implements a denial of service attack or other disruptive event as a result, this could cause delays or stoppages to our operations which could detrimentally affect our reputation, cause our business to suffer or we could incur significant liability. A cyber security attack could also result in lost revenues or increased costs due to a disruption of operations, shipping delays, destruction or corruption of data and higher insurance premiums. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to prevent these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

        We have implemented security measures, back-up systems, monitoring and testing, maintenance of protective systems and contingency plans, to protect and to prevent unauthorized access and to reduce the likelihood of disruptions to our systems. Our Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the processes for all internal controls including the IT and business controls in the Company which mitigate the risk of any cyber security attack. In addition, we maintain an insurance policy with Chubb Insurance, for Information Technology and Professional Liability which includes coverage for cyber security attacks. We also have security processes, protocols and standards that are applicable to our third party service providers.

        Despite these measures, all our information systems, including back-up systems and any third party service provider systems that we employ, are vulnerable to damage, interruption, disability or failure due to a variety of reasons, including physical theft, electronic theft, fire, power loss, computer and telecommunication failures or

19


Table of Contents

other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other known or unknown disruptive events. We or our third party service providers may be unable to anticipate, timely identify or appropriately respond to one or more of the rapidly evolving and increasingly sophisticated means by which computer hackers, cyber terrorists and others may attempt to breach our security measures or those of our third party service providers' information systems.

        If an actual breach of our security occurs that causes a disruption to our operations, we could lose potential sales or potentially default on contracts with existing customers.

  Risks Related to our Common Shares & Warrants

Our Common Shares may be delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market if we cannot maintain compliance with NASDAQ's continued listing requirements.

        In order to maintain our listing on NASDAQ, we are required to comply with NASDAQ requirements, which include, but are not limited to, maintaining a minimum shareholders' equity. In particular, we are required to maintain a minimum of $2,500,000.00 in shareholders' equity pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) ("the Listing Rule"). On October 21, 2016, we received a notice from NASDAQ notifying us that we no longer comply with the Listing Rule. On December 14, 2016, Listing Qualifications Staff of NASDAQ issued a letter granting us an extension until April 17, 2017 to regain compliance. On April 21, 2017 the Company announced that while we did not regain compliance by the end of the granted compliance period we would be filing an appeal of the Nasdaq Listing Qualification Staff determination to delist the Company's securities from the Nasdaq Stock Market. On April 25, 2017, Nasdaq provided the Company with a formal notice that the Panel would consider our appeal at an oral hearing. The hearing was held on June 1, 2017 and on June 6, 2017, we were notified that the Nasdaq Hearings Panel has granted our request for continued listing on Nasdaq, subject to the achievement of certain interim milestones.

Price adjustment provisions in our outstanding 2013 Warrants may make it more difficult and expensive for us to raise additional capital in the future.

        The 2013 Warrants (as defined below) issued in the 2013 Offering (as defined below) provide that the exercise price will adjust to the lowest price per share at which we sell or issue or are deemed to sell or issue additional shares (with certain exceptions) (a "full-ratchet" adjustment). Because these price adjustment provisions will have the effect of lowering the price at which our common shares are issued upon exercise of the Warrants, if we are unable to raise additional capital at an effective price per share that is higher than the exercise price of these Warrants, these provisions may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to raise capital in the future. As of the date of this Annual Report there are 738,750 of the 2013 Warrants outstanding exercisable for up to 29,550 common shares.

        In connection with the August 2016 Offering (as defined below), the "full-ratchet" adjustment provisions of the 2013 Warrants were once again engaged, and the exercise price of the 2013 Warrants was changed such that 25 whole 2013 Warrants entitle the holder to purchase one common share at a price of $2.80 per share.

Certain provisions of our outstanding 2013 Warrants, April 2016 Warrants and August 2016 Long-Term Warrants may make it more difficult and expensive, or impossible, for us to undertake or complete certain business transactions.

        The 2013 Warrants, the April 2016 Warrants and the August 2016 Long-Term Warrants provide that, upon the consummation of a "Fundamental Transaction", we or our successor entity (if applicable) will purchase any outstanding 2013 Warrants, April 2016 or August 2016 Long-Term Warrants, as applicable, from the holders by paying to such holders an amount in cash equal to 100% of the "Black Scholes Value" (as such term is defined in the applicable form of warrant). As a result, completing certain business transactions may be more costly than anticipated and could result in an inability or failure to complete such transactions. A "Fundamental Transaction" means that we or any of our subsidiaries directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions:

    consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into (whether or not we are, or one of our subsidiaries is, the surviving corporation) any other "Person" (as that term is defined in the form of warrant); provided however that the winding-up, consolidation, amalgamation or merger of any of our wholly-owned

20


Table of Contents

      subsidiaries into us, in which we are the continuing or surviving entity, shall not qualify as a Fundamental Transaction, or

    sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the properties or assets of us and our subsidiaries, considered on a consolidated basis, to any other Person (other than a transfer of assets among us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries), or

    allow any other Person to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common shares; (not including any common shares held by the Person or Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the Persons making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer), or

    consummate a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or plan of arrangement) with any other Person whereby such other Person acquires more than 50% of our outstanding common share (not including any common shares held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), or

    reclassify our common shares, or

    for purposes of the 2013 Warrants, any "person" or "group" (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) is or shall become the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by our issued and outstanding common shares.

Due to the speculative nature of warrants, it may not be profitable for holders of the 2013 Warrants, the April 2016 Warrants, the August 2016 Long-Term Warrants or the 2017 Warrants to exercise such warrants.

        The 2013 Warrants, the April 2016 Warrants (as defined below), the August 2016 Long-Term Warrants (as defined below) and the 2017 Warrants (as defined below) do not confer common share voting rights on their holders, but rather represent the right to acquire common shares for a limited period of time. Specifically, holders of the 2013 Warrants may exercise their right to acquire common shares and pay an exercise price of $2.80 per share upon the exercise of 25 whole 2013 Warrants prior to September 23, 2018. The holders of the April 2016 Warrants may exercise their right to acquire common shares and pay an exercise price of $8.50 per one whole April 2016 Warrant until April 11, 2021. The holders of the August 2016 Long-Term Warrants may exercise their right to acquire common shares and pay an exercise price of $4.37 per one whole August 2016 Long-Term Warrant until August 8, 2021. At any time on or after September 18, 2017, the holders of the 2017 Warrants may exercise their right to acquire common shares and pay an exercise price of $1.50 per one whole 2017 Warrant until September 18, 2022. The market price of the common shares may not ever equal or exceed the exercise price of the 2013 Warrants, April 2016 Warrants, August 2016 Long-Term Warrants or 2017 Warrants, as applicable, and consequently, it may not be profitable for holders of the 2013 Warrants, April 2016 Warrants, August 2016 Long-Term Warrants or 2017 Warrants to exercise such warrants. The market value of the Warrants is uncertain.

We will require additional capital and no assurance can be given that such capital will be available at all or available on terms acceptable to us.

        We may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings in order to:

    fund ongoing operations;

    take advantage of opportunities, including more rapid expansion of our business or the acquisition of complementary products, technologies or businesses;

    develop new products; or

    respond to competitive pressures.

21


Table of Contents

        Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity will dilute the percentage ownership of the Company of each shareholder and such dilution may be significant. Capital raised through debt financing would require us to make periodic interest payments and may impose restrictive covenants on the conduct of our business. Furthermore, additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. A failure to obtain additional financing could prevent us from making expenditures that may be required to grow or maintain our operations.

The trading price of our common shares has been, and may continue to be, subject to large fluctuations.

        Our outstanding common shares are listed on both the TSX and NASDAQ Capital Market. The trading price of our common shares has been, and may continue to be, subject to large fluctuations and, therefore, the value of our common shares may also fluctuate significantly, which may result in losses to investors who have acquired or may acquire common shares.

        The trading price of our common shares may increase or decrease in response to a number of events and factors, including:

    low trading volumes;

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

    changes in estimates of our future results of operations by us or securities analysts;

    announcement of technological innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;

    changes affecting the communications industry; and

    other events and factors, including but not limited to the risk factors identified in this Annual Report.

        In addition, different liquidity levels, volume of trading, currencies and market conditions on the TSX and NASDAQ may result in different prevailing trading prices.

        Securities class action litigation often has been brought against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and damages and divert management's attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business. Any adverse determination in litigation against us could also subject us to significant liabilities.

Our actual financial results may vary from our publicly disclosed forecasts.

        Our actual financial results may vary from our publicly disclosed forecasts and these variations could be material and adverse. We periodically provide guidance on future financial results. Our forecasts reflect numerous assumptions concerning our expected performance, as well as other factors that are beyond our control and which may not turn out to be correct. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our guidance and other forward-looking statements are reasonable when we make such statements, actual results could be materially different. Our financial results are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those identified throughout these risk factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Also see "Forward-Looking Statements". If our actual results vary from our announced guidance, the price of our common shares may decline, and such a decline could be substantial. Except as required under applicable securities legislation, we do not undertake to update any guidance or other forward-looking information we may provide, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and rules than a domestic U.S. issuer, which may limit the information publicly available to our shareholders.

        DragonWave is a "foreign private issuer" under applicable U.S. federal securities laws and, therefore, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. As a result, we do not file the same reports that a U.S. domestic issuer would file with the SEC, although we will be required to file or furnish to the SEC the continuous disclosure documents that we are required to file in Canada under Canadian securities laws. In addition, our officers,

22


Table of Contents

directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and "short swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Therefore, our shareholders may not know on as timely a basis when our officers, directors and principal shareholders purchase or sell their common shares, as the reporting deadlines under the corresponding Canadian insider reporting requirements may be different. In addition, as a foreign private issuer we are exempt from the proxy rules under the Exchange Act.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses to us.

        We would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our common shares are held in the U.S. and we fail to meet the additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we would not be eligible to use the MJDS, if we regain eligibility, or other foreign issuer forms and would be required to file periodic and current reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. In addition, we may lose the ability to rely upon exemptions from NASDAQ corporate governance requirements that are available to foreign private issuers.

As of the date of this Annual Report, we do not have the ability to use the MJDS, which may result in significant additional costs and expenses to us and make it more difficult to raise capital in the public markets.

        At this time, we are not eligible to use MJDS. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly more than the costs incurred as a Canadian foreign private issuer eligible to use MJDS. MJDS allows eligible Canadian issuers to use MJDS forms to offer securities publicly in the United States using a Canadian prospectus that is subject to review only by Canadian securities regulatory authorities. To be eligible to use MJDS, an issuer must have a public float of at least $75 million. As of the date of filing this Annual Report our public float is below $75 million. If we continue to be unable to use MJDS, it may be more difficult and costly for us to raise capital in the public markets.

The financial reporting obligations of being a public company in the U.S. are expensive and time consuming, and place significant additional demands on our management.

        The obligations of being a public company in the U.S. require significant additional expenditures and place additional demands on our management. In particular, should we meet the requirements for eligibility to use MJDS, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC rules and regulations implementing Section 404 require an annual evaluation of our internal controls over financial reporting to be attested to by an independent auditing firm. If an independent auditing firm is unable to provide us with an attestation and an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares.

An investor may be unable to bring actions or enforce judgments against us and certain of our directors and officers.

        DragonWave is incorporated under the laws of Canada, and our principal executive offices are located in Canada. Our directors and officers, and our independent public accounting firm, reside outside of the United States and all or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. Consequently, it may not be possible for an investor to effect service of process within the United States on us or those persons. Furthermore, it may not be possible for an investor to enforce judgments obtained in United States courts based upon the civil liability provisions of United States federal securities laws or other laws of the United States against those persons or us.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common shares and, consequently, a shareholder's ability to achieve a return on investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares.

        We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common shares. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our results of operations, capital requirements

23


Table of Contents

and other factors as the board of directors deems relevant. In addition, the covenants provided by us related to our debt facilities with Comerica Bank and Export Development Canada restrict our ability to make payments of dividends on our common shares.

We believe that we are not currently a passive foreign investment company (a "PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but this factual determination is made annually and could change in the future.

        Based in part on current operations and financial projections, we are not classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our 2017 fiscal year. However, an annual determination will need to be made as to whether we are a PFIC based on the types of income we earn and the types and value of our assets from time to time, all of which are subject to change. Therefore, we cannot assure holders of our common shares that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation generally will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by the market price of our common shares, which is likely to fluctuate. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to U.S. holders of our common shares.

        U.S. holders of our common shares are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the common shares as may be applicable to their particular circumstances.

The acquisition of, investment in and disposition of our common shares and other securities has tax consequences.

        Prospective investors should be aware that the acquisition, holding and/or disposition of our common shares and other securities has tax consequences both in the United States and Canada that are not described herein.

        Purchasers should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common shares and other securities as may be applicable to their particular circumstances.

Future sales of common shares by our existing shareholders could cause our share price to fall.

        If our shareholders sell substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, the market price of our common shares could fall. The perception among investors that these sales will occur could also produce this effect.

Our management has broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the equity offerings that the Company has completed and will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from any financing we complete in the future. If we do not use the proceeds effectively to develop and grow our business, an investment in our common shares could suffer.

        Our management has broad discretion in how it uses the net proceeds received by us from our equity offerings completed in 2016 and 2017 (as discussed in additional detail below), as well as any offering we have completed or may complete in the future, and there can be no assurance that such proceeds will be used efficiently or effectively. We may spend these proceeds in ways that do not increase our operating results or market value, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from any offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

        Further, if we do not restrict our investment of a sufficient portion of the net proceeds from the sale of our common shares, pending their use, to investments that are not "investment securities" within the meaning of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, we may inadvertently become subject to regulation as an investment company under that Act. If such an event were to occur, the consequences to us would be material and adverse.

24


Table of Contents

Certain Canadian laws could delay or deter a change of control.

        The Investment Canada Act (Canada) subjects an acquisition of control of DragonWave by a non-Canadian to government review if the value of our assets as calculated pursuant to the legislation exceeds a certain threshold amount. A reviewable acquisition may not proceed unless the relevant Minister (of Canada's federal government) is satisfied that the investment is likely to be a net benefit to Canada. This could prevent or delay a change of control and may eliminate or limit strategic opportunities for shareholders to sell their common shares.

ITEM 4.    Information on the Company.

A.    History & Business Developments

Name, Address and Incorporation

        DragonWave Inc. was incorporated on February 24, 2000 by Certificate and Articles of Incorporation issued under the Canada Business Corporations Act (the "CBCA"). DragonWave's last financial year ended on February 28, 2017. The head office of DragonWave is located at 411 Legget Drive, Suite 600, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2K 3C9.

Business Description

        Founded in 2000, we are a leading provider of high-capacity wireless Ethernet equipment used in emerging internet protocol ("IP") networks. We design, develop, market and sell proprietary, carrier-grade microwave radio frequency networking equipment (often referred to as "links"), that wirelessly transmit broadband voice, video and other data between two points. Our wireless carrier-Ethernet links, which are based on a native Ethernet platform, function as a wireless extension to an existing fiber and global optic core telecommunications network. The principal application for our products is the backhaul function in a wireless communications network. Backhaul links connect the large amounts of network traffic aggregated by base stations and other collection points on the edge of the network to the high-capacity fiber optic infrastructure at the core of the network. Additional applications for our products include point-to-point transport applications in private networks, including municipal and enterprise applications.

        Our products principally perform the backhaul function in a communication service provider's network, connecting high-traffic points of aggregation such as high-capacity wireless base stations (3G+ cellular, WiFi, Long-Term Evolution ("LTE")) small cells and large "out of territory" enterprises to nodes on the fiber optic core network.

        Our line of wireless carrier-Ethernet links is marketed under the Horizon trade names. Our products are carrier-grade and operate primarily in licensed spectrum bands to minimize interference.

        In 2011, we introduced our Avenue solution, which was designed to provide high levels of spectral efficiency and reliability for carrier-grade delivery of advanced applications and services. The Avenue solution is a small device, utilizing a small antenna, to integrate microcellular backhaul, third-party base stations, power supply, battery backup, switching, and management in an all-in-one, environmentally shielded enclosure. This is a hardened, all-outdoor, zoning-friendly and fully integrated solution that was designed specifically for service providers to deploy microcellular coverage with high-performance backhaul.

        On June 1, 2012, we acquired our Harmony product line from Nokia pursuant to the NSN Transaction (as defined below). The Harmony product line is a multi-service wireless platform enabling time-division multiplexing (TDM) and packet-based services across wireless or wireline infrastructure. Harmony is rebranded by Nokia as FlexiPacket.

        In 2013, we introduced our Harmony Lite and Avenue Link Lite products lines. These product lines are DragonWave's first products in the sub-6GHz bands. The Lite products operate in licensed and unlicensed bands, and provide line of sight (LoS), and non-line of sight connectivity. The Lite product line is an important part of our small cell backhaul offering in the Avenue family.

25


Table of Contents

        In 2014, we introduced our Harmony Eband product. Harmony Eband operates in the 70/80 GHz bands. It provides capacities of up to 2.5 Gbps, and operates in low cost bands, providing mobile operators with a much lower total cost of ownership and scalability strategy. Although the 70/80 GHz market is still evolving, we think it will expand quickly and we expect this expansion to be sustained.

        Also in 2014, we introduced Harmony Enhanced, a high capacity, long reach, multi-service radio operating in the 6-42 GHz spectrum bands. Harmony Enhanced merges the performance and reliability of DragonWave's flagship Harmony Radio and Horizon Compact+ into a next-generation, ultra high-capacity microwave system.

        In January 2016, we introduced Harmony EnhancedMC, an ultra-high capacity, multi-service microwave system operating in the 6-42 GHz spectrum bands that provides dual channel support and extended reach. Harmony EnhancedMC delivers the next level of capacity by introducing integrated dual carrier and fully integrated XPIC capabilities into a single Outdoor Unit (ODU) antenna configuration. With its integrated switch, and the industry's first 10GE port on a wireless backhaul radio, Harmony EnhancedMC delivers a true all-outdoor, Ethernet solution with excellent system gain and spectral efficiency.

        The demand for our products is driven by global trends, including IP convergence and pressure on backhaul capacity caused by increased functionality of mobile devices, the shift in demand from voice to multimedia content and services, growing demand for wireless coverage, increasing numbers of subscribers, and investment in radio access network spectrum. In our target markets, network traffic is shifting from legacy TDM traffic to IP-based traffic to improve network efficiency and enable IP-based services.

        Principally, we target the global wireless communications service provider market and, in particular, those service providers offering high-capacity wireless communication services, including traditional cellular service providers and emerging broadband wireless access (BWA) service providers. These service providers offer high-speed digital communication services over wireless access networks, employing IP-based wireless network access technologies such as advanced (3G, 4G and 5G) cellular technologies, as well as WiFi. The market addressed by these wireless service providers is characterized by significant growth in number of subscribers, coverage area, and bandwidth requirements per subscriber, and a corresponding need to reduce the cost per bit of the backhaul network. (See Cisco® Visual Networking Index (VNI) Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update dated February 3, 2016, http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/solutions/collateral/service- provider/visual-networking-index-vni/mobile-white-paper-c11-520862.html). We also target other markets, including wireless extension of fixed-line networks to directly connect high-bandwidth end-customers to the core network, and private networks of large multi-site organizations such as Fortune 500 enterprises, municipalities and government organizations.

        The key elements of our solutions include: high performance; carrier-grade availability; cost-competitiveness; support of legacy networking standards; and the availability of advanced network management and wireless network IP planning.

        We commenced commercial deployment of our products in 2002 and, as of February 28, 2017, have shipped approximately 162,487 links (each link contains 2-4 units). In the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017, we delivered products to 173 customers, in 56 countries. Customers included: Nokia, Sprint, Reliance Jio Infocomm (India) ("Reliance Jio"), TESSCO (United States), Samsung, Alliance Communications (United States) and Xplornet (Canada).

Strategic Review Process

        Our board of directors reviews our corporate strategy on an ongoing basis. The board of directors continues to review all strategic and financial alternatives that may be available, including a potential sale of the Company, debt or equity financing, business combinations, joint ventures and strategic alliances, and ways to optimize our stand alone plan. To assist in the strategic and financial elements of this review, CIBC World Markets Inc. has been engaged as adviser to the board and H. C. Wainwright & Co. has been engaged to investigate financing options for the Company. We have recently engaged Alvarez & Marsal Canada Securities to provide consulting service in connection with a review of our strategic alternatives and to assist us with our assessment and management of our short term liquidity requirements and obligations in connection with our credit agreements.

26


Table of Contents

Mergers & Acquisitions and Joint Ventures

Acquisition of Microwave Transport Business of NSN and Relationship with Nokia

        On November 4, 2011, we and our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Luxembourg, DragonWave S.à r.l., entered into a master acquisition agreement (the "Original Master Acquisition Agreement") with Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. to acquire certain assets and liabilities of NSN (now Nokia), namely its microwave transport business, including the associated operational support systems (OSS) and related support functions. The details of this proposed acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of NSN were disclosed in our press release dated November 4, 2011 and material change report dated November 14, 2011. On May 3, 2012, we announced that the terms of the proposed transaction had been revised pursuant to an Amended and Restated Master Acquisition Agreement (the "Amended and Restated Master Acquisition Agreement") dated May 3, 2012. On June 1, 2012, we announced the closing of the transaction (the "NSN Transaction") contemplated by the Amended and Restated Master Acquisition Agreement.

        Consideration paid on closing by DragonWave S.à r.l. was $12.7 million in cash and DragonWave common shares with a market value of $5.3 million. The cash payment was made in Euros.

        The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by us in the NSN Transaction are as follows (in thousands USD$):

Tangible Assets

       

Cash

     

Accounts receivable

     

Inventory

    11,378  

Lease holiday

    2,093  

Other current assets

    2,564  

Capital assets

    6,115  
       

Tangible Assets Acquired

    22,150  

Tangible Liabilities

       

Accounts payable

     

Accrued liabilities

    2,484  

Capital lease obligation

    4,162  
       

Tangible Liabilities Acquired

    6,646  
       

Fair Value of Net Tangible Assets

    15,504  

Intangible Assets

       

Customer relationships

    1,745  

Developed technology

    10,800  
       

Intangible Assets Acquired

    12,545  

Goodwill

     

Gain on purchase of business

    (19,397 )
       

Purchase Price

    8,652  

Purchase Price

       

Cash

    12,730  

Common shares of DragonWave

    5,279  

Other consideration

    1,205  

Contingent receivable

    (10,562 )
       

    8,652  

        The purchase price set out in the table above consisted of the following components: (a) cash delivered on closing; (b) DragonWave common shares delivered on closing with a fair value of $5.3 million which reflects that Nokia was subject to a lock-up provision restricting sale or disposition of the shares, subject to customary

27


Table of Contents

exceptions; (c) other consideration deferred for specific tangible assets; and (d) a contingent receivable which was based on business performance in the twelve months following closing.

        The NSN Transaction was financed through a combination of cash on our balance sheet and increased debt facilities provided by Comerica Bank and Export Development Canada.

        We recognized a one-time gain on purchase of business of $19.4 million in the year ended February 28, 2013 due to the difference between the cumulative tangible and intangible net assets and the purchase price.

        As part of the NSN Transaction, we acquired Nokia's Chinese operations associated with its microwave transport business. The acquisition was completed on December 1, 2012 and at that time approximately 100 employees based in Shanghai transferred to DragonWave.

        The microwave transport assets of Nokia in Italy, including Nokia employees based in Italy, were excluded from the acquisition. On closing, we entered into a services agreement with Nokia for outsourced R&D, product management, sales support and operations functions. This was aimed at enhancing our ability to continue to deliver on critical customer deliveries.

        The Amended and Restated Master Acquisition Agreement entered into on May 3, 2012 included an arrangement with Nokia for additional consideration that was contingent on actual sales of products achieved in the first eighteen months subsequent to the acquisition date. The initial $10.6 million value of the contingent receivable was increased during the year ended February 28, 2013 based on a change in fair value offset by payments received and foreign exchange. The contingent receivable balance carried on the balance sheet as at February 28, 2013 was $13.8 million.

        On April 10, 2013, we announced changes to our operational framework with Nokia (the "Renewed Framework"). Under the terms of the Renewed Framework, on April 12, 2013, Nokia paid $13.8 million to us which settled the balance of our contingent receivable. Nokia took on additional commitments and costs so that we could continue to develop and supply the microwave product line we acquired from Nokia. The services agreement, pursuant to which Nokia provided research and development and certain other services to us since June 1, 2012, was terminated. As a result, we reduced accounts payable by $13.3 million. We also eliminated capital assets with a net book value of $0.6 million and the corresponding capital lease obligation associated with the Italian operations in the amount of $1.3 million. During the year ended February 28, 2014, we also reduced a capital lease obligation associated with our operations in India by $0.4 million based on a revised agreement with Nokia.

        Under the terms of the Renewed Framework, we also recorded a liability for a termination fee for $8.7 million at May 31, 2014 which was scheduled to be paid in several tranches. During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we revised the estimated termination fee and entered into a revised payment schedule with Nokia consisting of quarterly payments through fiscal year 2015 and 2016. To the date of this Annual Report we have paid $4.4 million, and the termination liability is currently valued at $3.3 million.

        When the NSN Transaction was completed, many aspects of our business were substantially changed, including our revenue profile, product offering, mix of geographic markets, distribution channels, contract manufacturing arrangements, R&D activities and employee base.

        In April 2015, Nokia announced its proposed combination with Alcatel-Lucent, which has a vertically integrated microwave business unit. The combination was finalized on January 14, 2016. Following the finalization of the combination, we announced that we have reshaped our channel strategy. Our revised strategy primarily positions our latest and new products directly to customers. We will continue to provide software maintenance and level 3 hardware support to Nokia for the large installed base of network elements deployed by both our Company and Nokia to date. In addition, we expect to sell the Harmony FlexiPacket Multiradio (Harmony Radio) product family and legacy products through the Nokia channel to customers who wish to continue with this platform, although we do expect these sales levels to decrease over time. To facilitate these ongoing activities, our global framework agreements will continue in place.

28


Table of Contents

DragonWave's Joint Venture in India

        On October 19, 2010, DragonWave and Himachal Futuristic Communications Ltd. ("HFCL"), one of India's leading telecommunication equipment manufacturers and turnkey service providers, announced the formation of a joint venture to provide leading packet microwave solutions to the Indian market. DragonWave owns 50.1% of the equity in DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited (the "Joint Venture Company") and the balance of the equity is owned by HFCL. We do not control the board of the Joint Venture Company.

        The Joint Venture Company, based in Delhi, utilizes HFCL's local market knowledge and expertise to sell and market DragonWave products in India. HFCL has a telecommunication equipment manufacturing facility at Solan, Himachal Pradesh.

        With the completion of India's 3G and BWA radio-access spectrum auctions, service providers are rolling out 3G and 4G IP-based networks in order to support the bandwidth and service requirements of the new High-Speed Packet Access ("HSPA"), LTE base stations that will use this spectrum.

        The Joint Venture Company had sales in fiscal 2017 of $3.6 million primarily as a result of locally sourced material and the provision of installation and commission services to Reliance Jio, as well as the sale of hardware through the Nokia channel in the region.

Equity Offerings & Transactions (Over the Last Three Fiscal Years)

Offerings of Units

        On March 17, 2017 we completed an at-the-market registered direct offering and a concurrent private placement to institutional investors in the United States. Under the terms of the offering, we issued and sold 1,198,666 Common Shares at $1.50 for aggregate gross proceeds of $1.79 million. The total net proceeds after deducting commission and expenses was $1.6 million. Concurrently in a private placement, we issued warrants to purchase 599,333 Common Shares at an exercise price of $1.50, which are not exercisable for six months and one day from issuance and which will expire five and a half years from the date of issuance.

        On August 8, 2016, we completed a public offering previously announced on August 3, 2016. The common shares were offered (the "Registered Offering") by us pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-212428), which was declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on August 2, 2016 (the "Registration Statement"). Under the terms of the offering, we issued and sold 1,760,880 Class A units at $3.35 and 30,164 Class B units at $3.34, for aggregate gross proceeds of $6.0 million. Concurrent with the underwritten public offering in the United States, we issued an additional 63,000 Class A Units on a private placement basis to purchasers in Canada for additional gross proceeds of $0.2 million. The total net proceeds after deducting commission and expenses was $5.5 million. Each Class A unit consisted of one common share, one five-year warrant (the "Long-Term Warrant") to purchase one common share and two six-month warrants (the "Short-Term Warrant"). Each Class B unit consisted of a pre-funded warrant (the "Pre-Funded Warrant") to purchase one common share, one Long-Term Warrant and two Short-Term Warrants. The Long-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.37 per share, are exercisable immediately and will expire on August 8, 2021. The Short-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share, are exercisable immediately and expired on February 8, 2017. The Pre-Funded Warrants are exercisable immediately with no expiration date, are deemed purchased for a price of $3.34 per underlying common share by virtue of purchasing a Class B Unit and have an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The Pre Funded Warrants were fully exercised on August 25, 2016. As of the date of this Annual Report there are 1,854,044 Long-Term Warrants outstanding.

        On April 11, 2016, we completed an equity offering previously announced on April 7, 2016. In connection with this offering, we entered into securities purchase agreements (each a "Purchase Agreement") with certain institutional investors providing for the issuance and sale by us of 599,998 common shares and a price per share equal to US$7.25. The common shares were offered (the "Registered Offering") by us pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-209969), which was declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on March 14, 2016 (the "Registration Statement"). In a concurrent private placement (the "Private Placement" and, together with the Registered Offering, the "April 2016 Offering"), we issued warrants to purchase 299,999 common shares at an exercise price of $8.50 per

29


Table of Contents

share (the "April 2016 Warrants"). The April 2016 Warrants expire on April 11, 2021 at an exercise price of $8.50. The net proceeds of the April 2016 Offering is US$4.09 million, after placement agent fees and estimated Offering expenses payable by us, and excluding any proceeds we may receive upon exercise of the warrants. The Company expects that any exercise of the warrants will result in the cash proceeds from the exercise of such warrants being paid to the Company. The April 2016 Warrants cannot be exercised until October 12, 2016 and if, any time after October 13, 2016, there is no effective registration statement registering the common shares issuable upon exercise of the April 2016 Warrants, the April 2016 Warrants can be cashlessly exercised. As of the date of this Annual Report there are 299,999 of the April 2016 Warrants outstanding.

        On September 23, 2013, we completed a public offering (the "2013 Offering") of units ("2013 Units"). The 2013 Offering, on a pre-Consolidation basis, consisted of the issue and sale of 11,910,000 2013 Units at a price of $2.10 per 2013 Unit for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $25.0 million. Each 2013 Unit consisted of one common share and three quarters of one warrant (each whole warrant, a "2013 Warrant")(on a pre-Consolidation basis). On a pre-Consolidation basis, each whole 2013 Warrant originally entitled the holder to purchase one of our common shares at an exercise price of $2.70 per share until September 23, 2018, subject to certain adjustments. In connection with the 2014 Offering, and pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Warrants, the exercise price of the 2013 Warrants was changed to $1.30 per share (on a pre-Consolidation basis). Subsequent to the Consolidation, 25 whole 2013 Warrants entitle the holder to purchase one common share at an exercise price of $32.50 per share. In connection with the August 2016 Offering, and pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Warrants, the exercise price of the 2013 Warrants was changed, such that 25 whole 2013 Warrants entitle the holder to purchase one common share at a price of $2.80 per share. The form of 2013 Warrant setting out the terms of the 2013 Warrants was filed under our profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com on September 17, 2013, under the category "Documents incorporated by reference not previously filed – English". As of the date of this Annual Report there are 738,750 of the 2013 Warrants outstanding exercisable for up to 29,550 common shares.

        The net proceeds of the 2013 Offering, after deducting commissions and listing expenses, were $22.4 million. The net proceeds from the 2013 Offering were used to strengthen our balance sheet, to fund working capital and for general corporate purposes.

        The 2013 Warrants contain a cashless exercise feature pursuant to which the holder may, in its sole discretion, exercise the 2013 Warrant in whole or in part and, in lieu of making the cash payment on account of the aggregate exercise price, elect instead to receive upon such exercise the net number of common shares determined according to the formula set forth in the form of Warrant and defined in the form of 2013 Warrant as the "Net Number". Since November 12, 2013, an aggregate of 6,843,750 2013 Warrants have been exercised and 9,200,454 common shares, on a pre-Consolidation basis, have been issued pursuant to such cashless exercises.

Product and Business Developments (Over the Last Three Years)

Fiscal Year 2017 (March 1, 2016 until February 28, 2017)

    On February 6, 2017, we announced another competitive customer win for our industry-leading Harmony Enhanced radios by Italian wireless Internet service provider (WISP) Fidoka Srl.

    On February 1, 2017, we presented an updated operating plan to our credit facility partners. The updated plan reduces operating costs by 30%, in order to achieve cash flow break even at anticipated revenue and margin levels.

    On January 25, 2017, we announced that we have reduced the exercise price of our outstanding six-month warrants (the "Short-Term Warrants") issued in our public offering completed in August 2016. Pursuant to the terms of the Short-Term Warrants, DragonWave has elected to reduce the exercise price of the Short-Term Warrants to US $1.50 per share, commencing on January 25, 2017 and continuing until the expiration of the warrants on February 8, 2017.

    On December 14, 2016, we announced that the Listing Qualifications Staff of The NASDAQ Stock Market issued a letter granting us an extension until April 17, 2017 to regain compliance with NASDAQ

30


Table of Contents

      Listing Rule 5550(b)(1), which requires listed companies to maintain a minimum of $2,500,000 in shareholders' equity.

    On November 21, 2016, we announced that we have won 2016 Fierce Innovation Awards: Telecom Edition, a carrier-reviewed awards program from the publisher of FierceWireless, FierceTelecom and FierceCable.

    On November 7, 2016 we announced that we have signed an extension to a multi-million dollar project with a Tier 1 mobile operator in Argentina together with our local partner Trans Industrias Electronicas S.A.

    On October 28, 2016, we announced that we have been selected as a finalist in this year's Fierce Innovation Awards: Telecom Edition, a carrier-reviewed awards program from the publisher of FierceWireless, FierceTelecom and FierceCable.

    On October 26, 2016, we announced that we have completed more than 10 successful trials with Harmony Enhanced MC, successfully operating at double the capacity of a traditional microwave system, while enabling smaller antennas. These trials have resulted in multiple order activity and demand from 8 customers that include a Tier 1 carrier, enterprise end-users and distributors.

    On October 24, 2016, we announced that Australia's leading telecommunications and information services company is deploying our Harmony Radio links and Hub 800 adaptable, multi-service nodal switches as part of an ongoing upgrade to its mission critical services network.

    On October 21, 2016, we announced that on October 17, 2016, we received a written notice from the Listing Qualifications Staff of The NASDAQ Stock Market notifying us that we no longer comply with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) due to our failure to maintain a minimum of $2,500,000 in shareholders' equity or any alternatives to such requirement.

    On October 19, 2016, we announced that Sprint has selected our microwave backhaul equipment for network deployment as part of the company's densification and optimization strategy.

    On September 28, 2016, we announced that mobile operator Blue Wireless has ordered 100 Horizon Compact+ and Horizon Quantum packet microwave radio links currently being deployed as part of its ongoing network expansion.

    On August 8, 2016, we announced that we closed the underwritten public offering of common shares and warrants. The gross proceeds to DragonWave from this offering were US$6.0 million not including any future proceeds from the exercise of the warrants.

    On June 22, 2016, we announced that all of management's nominees listed in the management proxy circular of DragonWave dated May 20, 2016 were elected as directors of DragonWave to hold office until the next annual general meeting of shareholders of DragonWave or until their successors are elected or appointed.

    On June 15, 2016, we announced that Erik Boch, CTO and VP Engineering is leaving his position to take on a new role outside of DragonWave.

    On April 19, 2016, we announced that we received a first direct order from an existing customer, Eding Telecom, who previously purchased FlexiPacket MultiRadio (FPMR) though a channel.

    On April 14, 2016, we announced that we have successfully completed five customer trials of the newly launched Harmony Enhanced MC dual carrier product.

    On April 13, 2016, we announced that we closed a registered direct offering previously announced on April 7, 2016.

    On April 7, 2016, we announced that we are raising US$4.35 million in gross proceeds in a registered direct offering and a concurrent private placement to institutional investors in the United States.

31


Table of Contents

    On April 5, 2016, we announced the launch of our Harmony Care services offering. Harmony Care will provide legacy support to our installed base of over 400,000 units, including the product line acquired in the 2012 acquisition of Nokia's Microwave unit.

    On March 30, 2016, we announced that we have launched a new online eCommerce store to better serve our customers.

    On March 29, 2016, we announced a joint initiative with Mitel (TSX:MNW)(NASDAQ:MITL) focused on advancing the development of 5G networking.

Fiscal Year 2016 (March 1, 2015 until February 29, 2016)

    On February 29, 2016, we announced that we regained full compliance with NASDAQ's minimum bid price listing requirement.

    On February 2, 2016, we confirmed the Consolidation of our common shares on the basis of twenty-five (25) pre-Consolidation shares for one (1) post-Consolidation share.

    On January 25, 2016, we announced the expansion of our product portfolio with the introduction of Harmony EnhancedMC, an ultra-high capacity, multi-service microwave system operating in the 6-42 GHz spectrum bands that provides dual channel support and extended reach.

    On January 19, 2016, we and Xi'an Potevio Communications, an ICT subsidiary company of China Potevio Corporation, announced the completion of the first stage deployment of DragonWave's Harmony Enhanced solutions to a Tier One Mobile Operator in the People's Republic of China.

    On December 16, 2015, we announced that we have reshaped our channel strategy to primarily position our latest and new products directly to customers.

    On September 1, 2015, we announced that our request to transfer the listing of our securities from The NASDAQ Global Market to The NASDAQ Capital Market was approved by the Staff of the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Department, and effective with the open of trading on August 28, 2015.

    On August 26, 2015, we announced that Russell Frederick, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, was leaving the Company due to personal reasons. Patrick Houston assumed Mr. Frederick's duties in the role of Interim Chief Financial Officer.

    On August 4, 2015, we announced an update to the market on a number of items that were all converging at the same time: we have entered an agreement with Nokia to address the impact of reduced demand being experienced through this channel in the first half of fiscal year 2016; we also confirmed that we are implementing further cost saving measures to reduce expenses; we provided the status of major carrier activity in North America, India and Europe; we updated our revenue expectations for the second quarter of fiscal year 2016.

    On June 4, 2015, we announced that we have received follow-on purchase orders for Horizon Compact+ radio systems from a major Indian Telecom and Broadband Service Provider.

    On May 15, 2015, we announced that we have signed a supply agreement for DragonWave microwave radio systems and related services with a leading Indian telecommunications company. Under this new supply agreement, DragonWave has received initial purchase orders to provide more than 3,000 turnkey links of its next-generation Harmony Enhanced high-capacity, long-reach microwave radio system to support the mobile operator's upgrade and expansion of its nationwide 3G and 4G wireless services in India.

    On April 22, 2015, we announced that we have signed a Master Purchase Agreement for Technical Products and Related Services with a tier one North American carrier.

    On April 7, 2015, we announced Saudi Telecom Company (STC), the largest network operator in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, has entered into a supply agreement for DragonWave products to support its enterprise network expansion.

32


Table of Contents

    On March 5, 2015, we announced that we received a notice from The NASDAQ Stock Market that the Company was not in compliance with NASDAQ's Listing Rule 5450(a)(1), as the minimum bid price of DragonWave's common shares had closed below US$1.00 per share for 30 consecutive business days.

    On March 3, 2015, we announced entry into Nokia's newly formed MicroWave Backhaul EcoSystem.

Fiscal Year 2015 (March 1, 2014 until February 28, 2015)

    On February 19, 2015, we provided an update on the growing business momentum for our small cell product line.

    On November 25, 2014, we announced orders in excess of $10 million for the month of November from a Tier One North American mobile operator.

    On November 5, 2014, we announced that WIGO S.A., a Lima-based Wi-Fi service provider, has deployed Horizon Quantum and Horizon Compact+ links to interconnect base stations and MPLS nodes at speeds up to 800 Mbps in the 18 GHz and 13 GHz frequency bands.

    On October 22, 2014, we announced that we have received follow on purchase orders for Horizon Compact+ from a major Indian Telecom and Broadband Service Provider.

    On September 4, 2014, we announced the commencement of trading on NASDAQ under the symbol "DRWIW" of the 2014 Warrants.

    On September 3, 2014, we announced the introduction of Harmony Enhanced, a high capacity, long reach, multi-service radio operating in the 6-42 GHz spectrum bands.

    On August 21, 2014, we announced the completion of a series of extensive outdoor small cell backhaul propagation tests that have been conducted with a 3rd party for street level characterization.

    On August 1, 2014, we announced that we closed the 2014 Offering, described above.

    On June 17, 2014, we announced that our Horizon Quantum and Horizon Compact+ products have received Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-2 Level 1 certification.

    On May 28, 2014, we announced the finalization of a frame agreement with Reliance Jio, a subsidiary of Reliance Industries Limited (RIL). As part of the agreement DragonWave has provided 5,000 turnkey Horizon Compact+ links in support of the Indian operator's plan to roll out extensive, nationwide 4G/LTE networks.

    On May 12, 2014, we announced that we have opened a service and repair center in Delhi, India. The center will be supported by DragonWave's joint venture DragonWave HFCL and will provide full, in-country repair service and support for DragonWave's entire product portfolio.

B.    An Overview of Our Business

Markets

Principal Markets

        We target customers principally in the global communications service provider market, including broadband service providers and mobile service providers. In the broadband service provider market, our products are used to connect to the core of the network in both mature, developed markets as an extension or alternative to existing broadband infrastructure, and in emerging markets that possess limited broadband infrastructure as an alternative to deployment of wireline infrastructure. In the mobile service provider market, our products are used by service providers that provide emerging high-capacity mobile services to end-users. We also target enterprise and municipal/government customers that own or operate private networks requiring point-to-point applications. Our principal markets are described below.

33


Table of Contents

Communications Service Provider Markets

Broadband Service Provider Market

        Broadband is a high-speed digital communications service that delivers high-bandwidth connection for sending and receiving large amounts of voice, video and other data to business customers. At current capacities, broadband services are typically delivered either by fiber or high capacity microwave solutions.

        Communications service providers provide broadband connectivity to business customers both "in territory" where they own the infrastructure connecting their points of presence and end-users, and "out of territory", where they must lease or build this access infrastructure. The leased lines model is generally not optimal for service providers, due to high lease costs and the fact that, in many cases, lines must be leased from direct competitors. As a result, these service providers have an economic and strategic imperative to find a cost-effective alternative to leased lines. The Ethernet microwave transport technologies that we provide are often used as an alternative to fiber.

Mobile Service Provider Market

        Wireless communications services are the delivery of voice, video and other data communications to users of wireless devices for network connectivity for fixed and/or mobile applications. Within this market, we focus on service providers offering high-capacity services based upon 4G LTE, with many starting to prepare their 5G networks.

        In wireless networks, mobile wireless handsets and other subscriber devices connect to a network of wireless base stations, which are in turn interconnected by backhaul network solutions to the fiber optic core network. Cellular and other mobile networking technologies have evolved to provide higher bandwidth and IP networking capabilities. We believe that in markets where subscriber growth is most rapid, service providers will focus on building new networks to provide basic mobile data and voice connectivity, and in markets where the subscriber base is mature, service providers will focus on expanding the capacity of existing networks to roll out advanced data and video services which require higher network bandwidth per subscriber. Both scenarios create increased demand for backhaul capacity.

        4G wireless technologies comprise a range of technologies that enable the provision of high-speed wireless access services for subscriber devices such as handsets, tablets and laptops. The primary 4G wireless technology is the all IP-based Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard. LTE enables users to utilize voice services as well as high bandwidth applications such as downloading music and other content such as maps and video, exchanging email, multimedia messaging, and a broad array of Internet applications.

        There are two primary forms of LTE deployments:

    Macro Cellular LTE – LTE is an advanced 3G+ technology for both global system for mobile communications (GSM) and code division multiple access (CDMA) cellular service providers. Approved in 2008, LTE is defined by the 3G Partnership Project with the latest release being 3GPP Release 11, also known as LTE Advanced. With typical download speeds of approximately 6 Mbps, LTE is considerably higher bandwidth than HSPA (evolved from GSM) and Evolution-Data Optimized (EV-DO) (evolved from CDMA). LTE is an IP networking technology that mobile operators are evolving to globally. Macro Cellular LTE deployments are installed primarily on towers and building times, like a traditional 2G/3G network, and primarily collocated with existing 3G network equipment.

    Outdoor Small Cell LTE – Outdoor Small cells are being planned by some mobile network operators for deployment to increase total network capacity in high usage areas, such as urban metros. The deployments are on non-traditional locations, such as light poles, and will be very dependent on high capacity wireless backhaul. Some small deployments of outdoor small cells have started, but initially have tried to leverage existing fiber infrastructure as much as possible. As these deployments gain momentum, we expect there to be a stronger reliance on wireless backhaul.

34


Table of Contents

Enterprise and Government/Municipal/Public Safety Markets

        We also target large organizations, such as enterprises and government/municipal bodies, with diverse locations that require or own high bandwidth communications networks. This market includes the education sector (distance learning and Internet access for schools), the health sector (remote imaging and campus networks) and municipalities that deploy networks for city-wide public Internet access and/or government and emergency services. In this market, we target our products at organizations that build their own communications networks rather than lease services from service providers. We believe that as bandwidth demand continues to grow, these organizations will increasingly consider the implementation of private networks to reduce service lease costs. Examples of our end-customers that have deployed private networks include CommTel Network Solutions Pty Ltd (Australia), Knoxville Utility Board (United States), JP Elektroprivreda BiH (Bosnia), SAAB (Sweden National Security Communication Network), The City of Barrie (Ontario, Canada), South Wales Fire Department (U.K.), The Palm Springs School District (California, United States), South Georgia Regional Information Technical Authority (Georgia, United States), Nexus Systems (Louisiana, United States), City of Joliet (Illinois, United States), City of Plano (Texas, United States), City of Hoffman Estates (Illinois, United States), City of Melrose Park (Illinois, United States), Crane Naval Base (Indiana, United States), Ventura County (California, United States), the Dubai Police (Dubai, U.A.E.) and the WireIE (Canada).

Distribution Methods

        We distribute our products and services both directly and indirectly through channel partners. This strategy permits us to broaden our customer coverage, while at the same time retaining contact with our customer base and managing costs. The sales cycles can be lengthy and often include network studies and trials of our equipment in laboratory and field environments. Because our products are utilized in large network deployments, the sales are project based and accordingly are highly variable from quarter to quarter.

        Our sales and business development team of 29 employees is organized across four geographic regions: North America, Europe, the Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), Asia-Pacific and the Caribbean and Latin America ("CALA"). These employees are currently based in the United States, Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, Italy, the Netherlands, Russia, the United Arab Emirates, South Africa, China and Argentina. Our sales and business development team is comprised of dedicated personnel assigned to specific customer accounts. Sales personnel have extensive knowledge of network infrastructure. In addition to monitoring closely the target markets for potential network deployments and new customer opportunities, our sales team builds on our existing relationships with our customers' network planning organizations, including participating in business case development and technical analysis of projects.

Direct Sales Strategy

        Our direct customers are typically service providers that operate networks in large geographical areas. The sales cycle to this class of customer typically involves a trial (or trials), and typically requires nine to twelve months from first contact before orders are received. However, the sales cycle can be longer, particularly in green field situations. Once the order stage is reached, a supply agreement is usually established and multiple orders are processed under one master supply agreement. Master supply agreements provide the framework for future business and do not generally include any volume commitments.

        The sales team targets service providers across the world and our products have been deployed in numerous countries including: across Europe (in France, Germany, Sweden, Spain, Italy, Cyprus and the United Kingdom), the Middle East and Africa (in the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Kuwait, Israel, Lebanon, Nigeria and South Africa), CALA (Peru, Mexico), and Asia (India, Pakistan, China and Australia).

        Our direct sales and business development team primarily focuses on Tier 1 service providers, such as Reliance Jio, Sprint, Xplornet, and WireIE. This channel represented approximately 49% of revenue for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 (fiscal year ended February 29, 2016 – 39%).

35


Table of Contents

Indirect Sales Channel Strategy

Nokia Channel

        Following the NSN transaction, we added Nokia to our distribution process. This relationship provided a historically large indirect sales channel in which the product lines we purchased in the NSN Transaction, as well as other product lines we offer, were sold through Nokia's worldwide channel. Effective January 14, 2016, Nokia combined with Alcatel-Lucent, which has a vertically integrated microwave business unit. During the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017, revenue from the Nokia channel represented 25% of our total revenue (fiscal year ended February 29, 2016 – 44%). We expect the revenue derived from this channel will continue to rapidly decline. See "Acquisition of Microwave Transport Business of NSN and Relationship with Nokia" for a description of our current relationship with Nokia.

        DragonWave is strategically approaching customers that had been served through the Nokia channel to pursue a direct relationship both for legacy care services and for new products.

Other Indirect Channels

        Our indirect sales channel consists primarily of distributors and regional value-added resellers ("VARs"), and is involved in both channel initiated sales (sales initiated and serviced by third parties) and channel fulfilled sales (sales initiated by our direct sales team and serviced by third party resellers). Our principal North American distributors are TESSCO Technologies Inc., Talley Inc., Alliance Communications Corporation and Hutton Communications Inc. These distributors have been selected based on geographic coverage and access to markets. Within North America, the VARs are identified by our distributors. We have agreements with several regional VARs in North America. Outside of North America, we select the VARs directly. We qualify our VARs based on experience deploying microwave equipment, contacts in our target customer segments, and financial stability. We provide ongoing training to our VARs, and our VARs work with our dedicated account managers, participate in co-operative marketing programs for customer sales. Our personnel assist our VARs with initial installations of our products to provide quality assurance to end-customers.

        We also work with OEMs (original equipment manufacturers), including system integrators and network equipment vendors, to assist them in providing complete network solutions for their end-customers, who are primarily Tier 1 service providers.

        In EMEA and Asia-Pacific, we have agreements with regional VARs in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Spain, France, Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Russia, Israel, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Kuwait, South Africa, Australia, Pakistan and Singapore.

        Our indirect sale channel represented approximately 26% of revenue for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 (fiscal year ended February 29, 2016 – 17%).

Our Production and Repair Capabilities

        We outsource most of our manufacturing and certain elements of the supply chain management and distribution functions. Outsourcing these functions allows us to focus on designing, developing, selling and supporting our products. In addition, we are able to leverage the economies of scale and expertise of specialized outsourced manufacturers, reduce manufacturing and supply chain risk and reduce distribution costs.

        We have several providers of outsourced manufacturing, repair and logistic services including: Plexus Corp. ("Plexus"), C.R. & CS.R.L. ("CRC"), Radio Design Ltd ("RD"), Jabil Circuit ("Jabil"), Lloyd Douglas Solutions ("LDS"), and Panalpina World Transport LTD ("Panalpina").

    Jabil is an electronics manufacturing services company headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida with facilities located around the world. Our products are manufactured and repaired at Jabil facilities in Penang, Malaysia, and San Jose, California.

    Plexus is an electronics manufacturing services company headquartered in Neenah, Wisconsin with manufacturing facilities located around the world. Plexus provides product design, supply chain and materials management, manufacturing, test, fulfillment and aftermarket solutions to branded product

36


Table of Contents

      companies in the wireline networking, wireless infrastructure, medical, industrial and defense/security/aerospace market sectors. Our products are manufactured at Plexus facilities in Boise, Idaho and Penang, Malaysia.

    Panalpina headquartered in Basel, Switzerland provides logistics services for us globally as well as at facilities located in Prague, Czech Republic and Johor, Malaysia.

    CRC is an electronic services company headquartered in Sulbiate Monza e Brianza, Italy providing DragonWave with engineering, repair, supply chain management and logistic services.

    RD is a wireless infrastructure company headquartered in Shipley, West Yorkshire England with facilities around the world providing DragonWave repair services primarily in India.

    LDS provides manufacturing and repair services to us from its manufacturing and repair facility located in Kanata, Ontario.

        We have allocated manufacturing of our products (including components) among key suppliers to reduce the risks associated with using a single supply source and to ensure competitive pricing and levels of service. Using multiple suppliers also enables us to respond more rapidly to increases in demand for our products.

Our Competitive Environment

        We face competition in our target markets from two types of microwave equipment suppliers: Hybrid equipment suppliers and Ethernet equipment suppliers.

        There is a broad range of microwave equipment suppliers for backhaul applications that are, like us, focused on Ethernet-based products in IP networks. These suppliers are our main competitors and include SIAE Microelettronica, Ceragon Networks Ltd., NEC Corporation and Aviat Networks, Inc. (formerly Harris Stratex Networks, Inc.). We encounter these competitors in network builds focused on IP traffic. We believe that our high bandwidth capability/flexibility, industry leading system gain, broad small cell portfolio, performance and simplicity differentiate our solution from products offered by our competitors.

        We also face competition from full service network integrators such as Huawei, Ericsson, and Nokia (through its newly acquired Alcatel-Lucent microwave division), who have developed competing Ethernet-based products for IP networks.

        The telecommunications equipment industry has experienced significant consolidation among its participants, and we expect this trend to continue. These consolidations have increased the size and resources of our competitors. Most recently, our principal channel partner Nokia acquired Alcatel-Lucent. As indicated above, Alcatel-Lucent has a vertically integrated microwave business unit.

        Our assessment of our competitive position, as described above, is based, among other factors, on our knowledge of the telecommunications equipment industry and communications with our customers.

Our Products

        Our principal commercialized product lines are Harmony, Horizon, Avenue and NetViewer.

Harmony Product Family

        The Harmony product line is a multi-service wireless platform enabling TDM and packet-based services across wireless or wireline infrastructure. This product line was originally acquired through the NSN Transaction, and is currently resold by Nokia under the brand name "Flexipacket". This product is unique in that it has true hybrid capabilities, with software upgradability to an all-IP network.

Harmony First Mile 200

        Harmony First Mile 200 is a reliable and flexible indoor unit (IDU) of the Harmony family, which can be used for tail or chain application in the mobile backhaul. It can be connected to the Harmony Radio outdoor units (ODU) to carry traditional E1/T1 and Ethernet traffic. The Harmony First Mile 200 directly powers the

37


Table of Contents

Harmony Radio, offers flexible protection architectures including Hot-Standby and ring capability. The Harmony First Mile 200 also provides multiple end-to-end synchronization options.

Harmony Hub 800

        With the Harmony Hub 800, we deliver a multi-service platform that provides packet, pseudowire and hybrid capabilities. Hub 800 is a reliable and flexible indoor unit (IDU), which can be used for tail, hub and edge application in the mobile backhaul. It provides up to 12 ODU directions with high capacity TDMoP (up to 128E1s) and full protection scenario, and is able to have interface to SDH network as well. The Hub 800 uses a multi-slot structure, and provides microwave integration with the Harmony Radio. Optional cards are used to fit the requirements of different applications. The Harmony Hub 800 also provides multiple end-to-end synchronization options.

Harmony Enhanced

        Harmony Enhanced is the next generation of the Harmony Radio and Horizon Compact+ integrated into a single platform. Harmony Enhanced was launched in September 2014, and the complete frequency coverage of this platform will continue development during the fiscal year ending February 28, 2018. Harmony Enhanced is DragonWave's high capacity, single channel system in the 6-42GHz frequency bands, offering new 4096QAM modulation support, and Bandwidth Accelerator Plus, which is the combination of both header and bulk compression. The Harmony Enhanced also enables future scalability by being MIMO-ready. Harmony Enhanced is an all-outdoor radio, with integrated Ethernet switching, including 4 GigE ports, MPLS-TP and H-QoS support. Harmony Enhanced will support the longest all-outdoor reach in the industry through the optional high power system.

Harmony EnhancedMC

        Harmony EnhancedMC is the next generation of the Horizon Quantum, evolved into an all outdoor platform. Harmony EnhancedMC was launched in February, 2016, and the complete frequency coverage of this platform will continue development during the fiscal year ending February 28, 2018. Harmony EnhancedMC is DragonWave's highest capacity radio, delivering >3Gbp sis a single radio, and >6Gbps on a single antenna in the 6-42GHz frequency bands, through dual channel capability, integrate XPIC, 4096QAM modulation support, and Bandwidth Accelerator Plus, which is the combination of both header and bulk compression. Harmony EnhancedMC will improve operator total cost of ownership by enabling smaller antennas and resulting tower lease costs through its industry leading system gain. The Harmony EnhancedMC also enables future scalability by being MIMO-ready. Harmony Enhanced is an all-outdoor radio, with integrated Ethernet switching, including 4 ports including and a 10GE port, MPLS-TP and H-QoS support.

Harmony Radio Lite

        The Harmony Radio Lite is a sub-6 Ghz product with near and non-line of sight capabilities in the licensed and unlicensed bands. With an all-outdoor architecture and integrated 6" antennas, the Harmony Radio Lite is optimized for 3G and 4G small cell backhaul. The Harmony Radio Lite is a differentiated platform with SynchE, 1588, low delay and low PDV capabilities. In addition, the Harmony Radio Lite can be deployed as an integrated ODU with the Harmony First Mile 200 or Harmony Hub 800, and provides end to end Ethernet capabilities within the Harmony product family.

Harmony Eband

        Harmony Eband is, a compact, lightweight, low energy consumption radio operating in the 70-80 GHz spectrum. The Harmony Eband is ideally suited for mobile backhaul markets, providing reach comparable to a 23-38 GHz offering, higher capacity and a lower OPEX expansion solution.

        Harmony Eband allows operators to tap into readily available spectrum that is generally lower cost and more lightly licensed than lower frequencies and it is equipped with a number of features that increase spectral efficiency and extend the radio's reach, while also providing extensive networking capabilities compliant with the latest Carrier Ethernet standards. Harmony Eband's industry leading performance is demonstrated by operation

38


Table of Contents

up to 64 QAM to achieve throughput of 2.5 Gbps full duplex in 500 MHz mode. Spectral efficiency is further enhanced by both payload and header compression to deliver capacity of up to 4 Gbps. Additionally, Harmony Eband features the DragonWave Reach Extender, which leverages Waveform and Modulation Adaptivity (WMA) and MIMO to extend the radio's reach and deliver 3-6 KM links with high availability. With an ultra-low delay mode and a CPRI interface, the Harmony Eband radio is also an ideal solution for front haul applications.

Harmony Trunk

        The Harmony Trunk is a traditional microwave system used for high-capacity multi-channel applications. This product is primarily used in emerging markets, and offers all-indoor configurations in a rack mount system. It operates in the sub-11 GHz bands, with focus on reach capabilities, and both packet and hybrid configurations. We work in partnership with Fujitsu to provide our Harmony Trunk product and we act as an integrator/reseller of this product through our established sales channels.

Horizon Product Family

        We commenced commercial production of our Horizon product line in 2007. Our Horizon product line was designed as a next-generation product to follow our AirPair product line, which was introduced in 2002 and is now in its end of life stage.

        Our Horizon product family is an Ethernet microwave portfolio and consists of Horizon Compact+ and Horizon Quantum. Key features across our Horizon product line include adaptive modulation, ring/mesh support, advanced prioritization, jumbo frames, flow control, ATPC (adaptive transmission power control) and layer 2 transparencies.

Horizon Compact+

        In February 2011, we launched the Horizon Compact+ globally. Horizon Compact+ is the evolution of our Horizon Compact product. Horizon Compact+ is an all-outdoor platform that is fully interoperable with Horizon Compact, enabling rapid adoption by existing customers.

        As the first all-outdoor system to include 2048 QAM, Horizon Compact+ has industry leading capacity and spectral efficiency capabilities. Building on the capacity increases enabled by our previously announced Bandwidth Accelerator technology, this spectrum-doubling capability increases the data bandwidth of Horizon Compact+ to as high as 2 Gbps. This industry leading spectral efficiency, offers a significant total cost of ownership benefit, especially in markets with high spectrum costs, such as Europe, India and Asia.

        Horizon Compact+ offers all the packet-based features of Horizon Compact, and introduces SynchE, as well as up to 4 ports of Ethernet access. Horizon Compact+ operates in licensed spectrum from 6 to 60 GHz.

Horizon Quantum

        In September 2009, we launched our Horizon Quantum product in North America and in February 2010, we launched Horizon Quantum in Europe. We have designed Horizon Quantum to provide significantly increased bandwidth capacity of up to 4 Gbps per link. Horizon Quantum is a native Ethernet implementation supporting sub-0.1-ms latencies and is optimized for the rollout of LTE services. Horizon Quantum is a half-rack-unit device incorporating a Bandwidth Accelerator feature that enables superior spectral efficiency by up to a factor of 2.5 times as compared to conventional systems. The combination of these features results in a five times improvement in rack density per unit of available bandwidth capacity. Horizon Quantum also integrates key nodal intelligence that enables network operations to be streamlined and simplified to yield significant cost efficiencies. For example, Horizon Quantum incorporates integrated switching capability enabling aggregation and switching to optimize ring-and-mesh network deployments by requiring reduced network equipment to be deployed, powered and maintained. Horizon Quantum also incorporates our standard user-scalable bandwidth enabling simple and remote scaling, without truck rolls, providing our customers with key operational-cost benefits.

39


Table of Contents

Avenue

        Our Avenue portfolio comprises three microcellular solutions ranging from an access microcell backhaul link (Avenue Link Lite), to a high capacity aggregation link (Avenue Link) to the industry's first fully-integrated microcellular platform (Avenue Site), with multi-beam backhaul and independently-aligned antenna array, Ethernet switching, power supply, battery backup and a slot for a 3G/4G micro base station; all within a single zoning-friendly enclosure.

        Our Avenue solutions are integrated within environmentally hardened enclosures, optimized for street-level deployments. Engineered to provide the greatest flexibility for mobile operators, our Avenue products can be deployed on any number of structures including street lamps, traffic light poles, or building sides. Our Avenue solutions are designed to blend into the urban environment, meeting the size, weight and aesthetic requirements set by city zoning officials.

NetViewer

        NetViewer is a multi-service, multi-product network management platform, sold directly and through the Nokia channel. The NetViewer platform supports the Harmony product line and the Horizon and Avenue product lines. NetViewer enables provisioning, management, monitoring, and configuration across the line of products in a single graphical user interface (GUI)-based system. NetViewer also manages legacy Nokia microwave products. NetViewer is an industry leading end-end Ethernet provisioning engine.

The Components for Our Products

        Our product solution consists of links. Each link is comprised of two radios, two modems, and two antennas and includes our proprietary embedded software and FPGA (field-programmable gate array) firmware. Our links incorporate commercially available electronic components sourced from third party suppliers, including FPGAs, monolithic microwave integrated circuits and microprocessors. The antennas used in our wireless carrier Ethernet links are manufactured by third party suppliers.

        Component pricing is impacted by a number of factors including the volume we are purchasing, the demand in the industry for similar products which can limit supply, and economic factors such as the price of oil which can impact the landed cost of our components.

        The manufacturing of our products depends on obtaining adequate supplies of third party components on a timely basis. We source several key components used in the manufacture of our products from a limited number of suppliers, and in some instances, a single source supplier. Because certain components have longer lead times, we often pre-order components based on sales forecasts. This can result in oversupply or undersupply of components if actual sales are different from forecast sales. See "Part I – Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors".

Intellectual Property

        In accordance with industry practice, we seek to protect our proprietary rights through a combination of patent, copyright, trade-mark and trade secret laws and contractual provisions.

        Patent law offers some protection for our current and future products and may protect certain elements of our manufacturing processes. Our patent strategy is focused on protecting novel elements of the following aspects of our product and manufacturing design, such as:

    core design features (including certain circuits and algorithms required for advanced, low-cost point-to-point radio implementations);

    implementation technologies (consisting of the proprietary aspects of our manufacturing design that permit low-cost automated assembly and testing);

    certain key Ethernet microwave networking technologies for high-speed, high-performance metro Ethernet networking applications (including bandwidth scaling feature (marketed as "Flex"), mesh rapid link shutdown feature, mesh node packaging/integration); and

40


Table of Contents

    other key features of our products (including Flex functionality, RF-loopback, mesh nodes and tri-mode mesh panel features).

        Our patent portfolio consists of 69 patents: 29 issued U.S. patents, 2 issued Canadian patents, and 38 issued European patents. We have a total of 26 pending patent applications: 7 pending European applications and 19 pending U.S. applications.

        In connection with the NSN Transaction, we use certain patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Nokia under license and in connection with the disposition of Axerra, we use certain patents and other intellectual property rights owned by the acquirers of Axerra under license.

        The executable code for our software and firmware, the embedded software and firmware in our hardware products and our manufacturing designs are protected under trade secret law and as unpublished, copyrighted works. Software is only provided to our customers in binary format, subject to industry standard source code escrow arrangements with key customers. We license the use of our product to our customers and resellers. These licenses contain standard provisions prohibiting the unauthorized reproduction, disclosure, reverse engineering or transfer of our product. In addition, we are designing product changes intended to enable the implementation of encrypted embedded firmware to further enhance our ability to protect our intellectual property. We recognize, however, that effective copyright protection may not be available in some countries in which we distribute products.

        Our general practice is to enter into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, manufacturers, suppliers, customers, channel partners and others to attempt to limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. In addition, our practice is to enter into agreements with our employees that include an assignment to us of all intellectual property developed by each of them in the course of their employment.

        We have registered trade-marks DRAGONWAVE and HORIZON in Canada and AVENUE in the U.S. We have a registered trade-mark for DRAGONWAVE in China and in the European Union and have a pending trade-mark application in India for DRAGONWAVE. We have a pending trade-mark application in India for AVENUE. In connection with the Renewed Framework, we have been granted an exclusive license, without the right to grant sub-licenses, to use the trade-marks HUB800 and FIRSTMILE200 and an exclusive license for certain field of use and a non-exclusive license for certain other fields of use, without the right to grant sub-licenses, to use the trade-marks LITE and NETVIEWER.

        "See "Part I – Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors".

Research and Development Activities

        Our ability to develop technologically superior and cost-effective solutions relative to our competitors can only be achieved through our continued research and development ("R&D") efforts.

        Our R&D activities take place at our headquarters in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada and in Shanghai, China. We currently have approximately 58 personnel in our engineering group, representing approximately 36% of our total personnel. The majority of our engineering staff hold degrees in engineering. A large number of our senior engineering personnel have worked together for several years and have been responsible for the development of our products. Our R&D team works closely with our diverse customer base, and incorporates feedback from our direct and indirect sales teams into our product development plans to improve our products and address emerging market requirements.

        There are currently 23 employees in Shanghai, 20 of which are in R&D.

        Our R&D expenses have historically been, and will continue to be, a significant portion of our overall cost structure as we will continue to invest in new product features and new platforms to better serve the current and future needs of our customers. We invested 18% and 16% of our revenues in R&D during fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2016, respectively.

41


Table of Contents

        For further analysis on Research and Development, see the management's discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 incorporated by reference into this Annual Report as Exhibit 15.1.

Cycles

        There is no seasonal effect on our sales patterns; however, quarterly results may fluctuate especially when multi-year or multi-quarter projects are booked.

Economic Dependence

        In the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017, Nokia and two other customers each contributed over 10% of our revenue. Specifically, revenue through the Nokia channel represented approximately 25% of our total revenue during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017. Our other key customers accounted for 14% and 13% of revenue respectively in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017.

        As noted above, following Nokia's announced combination with Alcatel-Lucent, which has a vertically integrated microwave business unit, we announced that we have reshaped our channel strategy. Our revised strategy primarily positions our latest and new products directly to customers. See "Acquisition of Microwave Transport Business of NSN and Relationship with Nokia", "Competitive Conditions" and "Risk Factors" above.

        We supply products to our customers, including Nokia, on a purchase order basis and, accordingly, customers are generally under no ongoing obligation to buy our products. If one or more of our customers discontinues its relationship with us for any reason, or reduces or postpones current or expected purchases of our products or services, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

        "Part I – Item 4. Information on the Company – A. History & Business Developments – Mergers & Acquisitions and Joint Ventures – Acquisition of Microwave Transport Business of NSN and Relationship with Nokia".

Environmental Protection

        Environmental protection requirements currently have no material financial or operational effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, and are not expected to have any material effect in future years. While we are currently unaware of any negative effects associated with our products, allegations of health and safety risks associated with wireless products have been publicized from time to time.

        See "Part I – Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors".

Employees

        As of February 28, 2017, we had 160 full-time employees and contractors. The following is a breakdown of our employees and contractors by main category of activity and geographic location:

Category of Activity
  February 28,
2017
  Geographic Location

General and administrative:

    15   Canada, China

Operations:

    41   Canada, Global

Research and development:

    58   Canada, China

Sales and marketing/customer support:

    46   Global
         

Total:

    160    
         

42


Table of Contents

C.    Corporate Structure

        The intercorporate relationships between DragonWave and its material subsidiaries are set out in the chart below. As noted below, DragonWave has a 50.1% equity interest in DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited. DragonWave does not control the board of DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited.

GRAPHIC

D.    Property, Plants and Equipment

        Our corporate headquarters are located in Ottawa, Ontario where we lease and occupy 26,329 square feet of space. The lease for our office expires in November 2021. Our headquarters do not include product manufacturing facilities. The aggregate monthly rental payment for our corporate headquarters, together with the maintenance fees, is approximately $47,996.

        We also lease and occupy 18,357 square feet of space in another office in Ottawa, Ontario, mainly as a warehousing and testing facility. The lease for this space expires in November 2021 and the aggregate monthly rental payment is $28,169, including maintenance fees.

        In Shanghai, China, we lease and occupy 14,272 square feet of space for research and development activities. The lease expires in September 2017 and the aggregate monthly rental payment is $19,923, including maintenance fees.

43


Table of Contents

        We also lease space in other regions to support the sales and marketing activities of our branches and subsidiaries in those regions.

ITEM 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

        None.

ITEM 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

A.    Operating Results

        DragonWave is a leading provider of high-capacity packet microwave solutions that drive next-generation IP networks. DragonWave's carrier-grade point-to-point packet microwave systems transmit broadband voice, video and data, enabling service providers, government agencies, enterprises and other organizations to meet their increasing bandwidth requirements rapidly and affordably. The principal application of DragonWave's products is mobile network backhaul. Additional applications include leased line replacement, last mile fiber extension and enterprise networks.

        Historically, our financial results have fluctuated on a quarterly basis and we expect that quarterly financial results will continue to fluctuate in the future. The results of operations for interim periods should not be relied upon as an indication of the results to be expected or achieved in any future period or any fiscal year as a whole. Fluctuations in results reflect the project nature of network installations, including for end-customers we supply through Nokia. In addition, results may vary as a result of the timing of staffing, infrastructure additions required to support growth, and material costs required to support design initiatives.

        During fiscal year 2017, neither inflation nor deflation had a material impact on our operations. However, in light of the uncertain global economic outlook we cannot provide any assurance that there will be no

44


Table of Contents

significant variations on our operations, or the business operations of our customers and suppliers in the future which may have a material impact on our results of operations.

 
  Twelve Months Ended  
 
  February 28
2017
  February 29
2016
  February 28
2015
 

REVENUE

                   

Hardware and other

    32,742     70,491     148,429  

Services

    11,174     15,804     9,337  
               

    43,916     86,295     157,766  
               

COST OF SALES

                   

Hardware and other

    25,672     58,991     123,641  

Services

    5,477     8,917     3,360  
               

    31,149     67,908     127,001  
               

Gross profit before inventory provisions (note 1)

    12,767     18,387     30,765  
               

    29.1%     21.3%     19.5%  

Inventory provision

    953     4,416     2,771  
               

Gross profit

    11,814     13,971     27,994  
               

    26.9%     16.2%     17.7%  

EXPENSES

                   

Research and development

    7,825     13,406     18,657  

Selling and marketing

    7,363     10,572     13,975  

General and administrative

    12,734     13,798     15,085  
               

    27,922     37,776     47,717  
               

Loss before other items

    (16,108 )   (23,805 )   (19,723 )

Other Expenses

                   

Goodwill impairment

        (11,927 )    

Restructuring Costs

        (1,549 )    

Amortization of deferred financing cost

    (442 )        

Amortization of intangible assets

    (369 )   (577 )   (1,188 )

Accretion expense

    (102 )   (205 )   (168 )

Interest expense

    (1,464 )   (2,014 )   (1,557 )

Warrant issuance expenses

    (561 )       (221 )

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    4,242     1,119     2,007  

Gain on change in estimate

            67  

Gain on sale of fixed assets

            18  

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (110 )   (331 )   846  
               

Loss before income taxes

    (14,914 )   (39,289 )   (19,919 )

Income tax expense

   
783
   
2,275
   
717
 
               

Net Loss and comprehensive loss

    (15,697 )   (41,564 )   (20,636 )

Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interest

   
(191

)
 
(740

)
 
(884

)
               

Net Loss attributable to shareholders

    (15,888 )   (42,304 )   (21,520 )

Basic & Diluted loss per share

   
(3.26

)
 
(14.01

)
 
(7.90

)

Basic & Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

   
4,879,738
   
3,019,259
   
2,724,467
 

Note 1: Gross profit before inventory provisions is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Use of Non-GAAP Performance Measures" in Exhibit 15.1 to this Annual Report.

45


Table of Contents

        The principal differences between the twelve months ended February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016 are explained as follows:

    In the twelve months ended February 28, 2017 the most significant contributors to the decrease in revenue over the same period in the prior fiscal year were decreases in sales through the Nokia channel, decreases in hardware sales to a Tier 1 carrier in India and lower service revenue related to installations to a Tier 1 carrier in the United States.

    Our gross profit percentage was higher during the twelve months ended February 28, 2017 compared to the same period in fiscal year 2016 primarily because of a shift in customer mix.

    Operating expenses in the twelve months ended February 28, 2017 were $9.9 million lower than they were in the same periods in the previous year primarily as a result of restructuring initiatives taken in fiscal year 2016 which reduced the size of the staff internationally and cut spending on contractors and material purchased for the creation of prototypes.

        The principal differences between the twelve months ended February 28, 2017 and February 28, 2015 are explained as follows:

    The reduction in revenue can be primarily attributed to reduced sales through the Nokia channel in addition to reduced sales to a Tier 1 carrier in India.

    The gross profit percentage improved due to decreases in material costs and a change in customer mix with a less significant percentage of the total revenue coming from lower margin customers.

    Operating expenses decreased primarily as a result of decreased spending across a number of areas, most significantly compensation related spending following the restructuring initiatives in fiscal year 2016.

46


Table of Contents

Our Revenue

        Our revenue for fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 was $43.9 million, compared with $86.3 million for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2016. Approximately 75% of our sales comes from hardware sales of the Harmony and Horizon product lines along with the related software upgrades. In fiscal year 2017, approximately 25% of our sales were derived from services including installation and network design services. We prepare consolidated financial statements, which include the revenue from DragonWave HFCL, our 50.1% owned subsidiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

        We analyze our sales according to geographic region and target product development and sales strategies by region. The following tables presents total revenues by geographic location though direct and indirect sales and through our channel partner, Nokia:

 
  For the year ended  
 
  February 28, 2017   February 29. 2016   February 28. 2015  
 
  Direct &
Indirect
Sales
  OEM Sales
through
Nokia
  Total   % of Total
Revenue
  Direct &
Indirect
Sales
  OEM Sales
through
Nokia
  Total   % of Total
Revenue
  Direct &
Indirect
Sales
  OEM Sales
through
Nokia
  Total   % of Total
Revenue
 

Canada

    2,648         2,648     6%     2,255         2,255     3%     4,358         4,358     3%  

Europe, Middle East and Africa

    4,825     10,287     15,112     34%     6,753     31,109     37,862     44%     12,554     61,467     74,021     47%  

India

    4,391     301     4,692     11%     13,993     3,787     17,780     21%     26,291     10,854     37,145     24%  

United States

    13,261         13,261     30%     19,577     19     19,596     23%     23,451         23,451     15%  

Rest of world

    7,661     542     8,203     19%     6,095     2,707     8,802     10%     6,825     11,966     18,791     12%  
                                                   

    32,786     11,130     43,916     100%     48,673     37,622     86,295     100%     73,479     84,287     157,766     100%  
                                                   

47


Table of Contents

        During each of the periods presented below, revenue is comprised of product sales and services, as indicated:

 
  For the year ended  
 
  February 28, 2017   February 29, 2016   February 28, 2015  
 
  Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %  

Hardware and other

    32,742     75%     70,491     82%     148,429     94%  

Services

    11,174     25%     15,804     18%     9,337     6%  
                           

Total Revenue

    43,916     100%     86,295     100%     157,766     100%  

        Hardware and other sales include both the microwave backhaul equipment shipped and the related software upgrades. The Services category includes software maintenance contracts, extended warranty programs and site planning and installation services. Hardware and related software sales revenue declined, primarily as a result of decreases in sales through the Nokia Channel. The change in services revenue relates to the timing of installation services contracts with Tier 1 carriers in both India and the United States.

        While revenue was down in the year ended February 28, 2017, a number of changes were observed which indicated that our increasing focus on direct business with higher margin customers and geographies is beginning to succeed. A new customer in the Middle East added to our direct revenue as did hardware sales to a Tier 1 customer in the USA. While sales in North America were down on the year overall, the fourth quarter saw an increase in revenue as order activity from distributors increased. The significant impact of the decrease in sales through the Nokia channel following the acquisition of Alcatel Lucent by Nokia is evident in the variance in the twelve months ended February 28, 2017 compared to the same period in the prior year.

 
  Twelve Months  

Services revenue for the period ended February 29, 2016

    15,804  

Tier 1 carrier in the United States

    (2,522 )

Tier 1 carrier and repair centre in India

    (1,450 )

Nokia

    (1,605 )

Warranty programs

    999  

Other

    (52 )
       

Total Change

    (4,630 )
       

Services revenue for the period ended February 28, 2017

    11,174  
       

        Services revenue from installations with Tier1 carriers in both the United States and India declined in fiscal year 2017 as the installations were completed. Warranty and maintenance programs previously sold to Nokia also declined in keeping with the decline in the business overall.

        For further analysis on our results of operations, see management's discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 incorporated by reference into this Annual Report as Exhibit 15.1, and the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 29, 2016 incorporated by reference into this Annual Report as Exhibit 15.2.

B.    Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Since our initial public offering in April 2007 (our"IPO"), we have financed our operations primarily through the proceeds of our IPO and other follow-on public offerings and debt arrangements.

        Our IPO raised net proceeds of CAD$26.9 million. This was followed by seven further public offerings: (1) an offering in September 2007 which raised net proceeds of CAD$22.1 million, (2) our NASDAQ initial public offering in October 2009 which raised net proceeds of CAD$70.5 million, (3) an offering in September 2013 an offering which raised net proceeds of $22.4 million, (4) an offering in August 2014 which raised net proceeds of $24.0 million, (5) an offering in April 2016 which raised net proceeds of $4.0 million,

48


Table of Contents

(6) an offering in August 2016 which raised net proceeds of $5.3 million, and an offering in March 2017 which raised net proceeds of $1.6 million.

        We have an asset based credit facility with Comerica Bank and Export Development Canada. The original credit facility matured on June 1, 2016, however, we have been operating under a fourth forbearance agreement which expired on April 1, 2017. We have not yet come to agreement on a fifth forbearance agreement. We had drawn $17.0 million on the facility as at February 28, 2017 (February 29, 2016 – $22.2 million), and $1.8 million against our letter of credit facility (February 29, 2016 – $1.9 million). The original credit facility which matured on June 1, 2016 is secured by a first priority charge on all of our assets and our principal direct and indirect subsidiaries. The terms of the credit facility include other customary terms, conditions, covenants, representations and warranties. Credit availability is subject to ongoing compliance with borrowing covenants and short term assets on hand.

        The fourth forbearance agreement which was signed on October 12, 2016 identified new minimum covenant levels reflecting our revised financial plans. The forbearance agreement included a requirement to hold a minimum of $1.0 million at Comerica Bank, reduces the facility commitment from $40.0 million to $30.0 million, includes additional compliance requirements and implements more frequent monitoring. As part of this forbearance agreement, we agreed to issue warrants to purchase 375,000 common shares to the lenders at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. These warrants will expire five years from the date of issuance. We are in ongoing negotiations with our lending partners to put in place a new long term debt facility.

        As of the date of this Annual Report, the Company's fourth forbearance agreement had expired, and a new forbearance agreement has not yet been agreed.

        The consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 28, 2017 have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the disbursement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business in the foreseeable future. We have a history of losses and have consumed significant cash resources in the past, and have continued to do so in the year ended February 28, 2017. During the last two fiscal years, additional pressure has been placed on our liquidity position as a result of reduced revenue from a significant Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") channel and a dispute over inventory shipped to a customer in India in June 2015.

        We have been able to make progress in restructuring the business. This progress includes the following highlights:

        Operational improvements:

    Selected by Sprint for our network densification and optimization strategy;

    Improved the gross profit percentage in three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 by 21.7% and by 10.7% respectively compared to the same periods in the prior fiscal year;

    Reduced operating expenses by 11.5% and by 26.1% in the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 compared to the same periods in the previous year primarily through a reduction in staff levels internationally;

        Debt Facility:

    Reduced outstanding debt on our credit facility from a high of $32.8 million as at August 31, 2015 to $17.0 million as at February 28, 2017 by leveraging our working capital;

        New Capital:

    Raised $9.5 million in cash (net of commissions and expenses) with a public offering in August 2016 and a registered direct offering in April 2016, which in both cases included common shares and warrants;

    Received $4.2 million in cash from the exercise of warrants during the twelve months ended February 28, 2017; and

        Other:

    Initiated arbitration proceedings to seek resolution to its customer dispute in India.

49


Table of Contents

        Despite the progress identified above, we remain in breach of the original terms of its debt facility, and have not yet been able to achieve a quarterly break even level. See Note 11 in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 28, 2017 for further details on the debt facility. The continued consumption of cash has raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans to restructure the business, improve our financial results and overcome these difficulties include initiatives in a number of areas, including:

    Targeting our sales efforts to direct and indirect opportunities in markets with higher gross margins, and lower working capital requirements;

    Adjusting our business focus and resources away from Nokia in order to support new sales channels;

    Renegotiating the terms of existing debt facilities, or finding new debt providers;

    Actively investigating and pursuing alternative forms of financing;

    Seeking to reduce fixed and variable operating expenses further, by tightly controlling discretionary spending and headcount growth;

    Continuing to collect accounts receivable from customers in a timely manner;

    Reducing inventory levels in both raw material and finished goods inventory;

    Working closely with vendors to ensure supply continuity; and

    Investigating strategic and financial alternatives that may be available including a potential sale of the Company, alternative debt and equity, and business combinations.

        In addition, we no longer comply with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) due to our failure to maintain a minimum of $2.5 million in shareholders' equity or any alternatives to such requirement, and we were granted an extension to April 17, 2017 to remedy the deficiency. We did not regain compliance but have requested a hearing before the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Panel to seek a further extension. There can be no assurance that the Panel will ultimately grant an extension of the compliance period. Continued listing of its common shares on the Nasdaq increases our ability to raise additional capital in the future. Trading of our securities under the symbol "DRWI" on the Toronto Stock Exchange, our primary listing, is not impacted by this decision.

        These plans may be difficult to achieve. They are dependent on a number of key assumptions including the timing of significant new customer projects, success in arbitration with the customer located in India, and accommodations from our suppliers and credit lenders. It is possible that the plans described above may not be fully executed or may occur too slowly to solve our current liquidity concerns. There can be no assurance that the existing financing facility can be renegotiated or that any other forms of financing can be arranged on satisfactory terms. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the accounts and classification of assets and liabilities that may be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. Such adjustments could be material. For further analysis on Liquidity and Capital Resources, see the management's discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 incorporated by reference into this Annual Report as Exhibit 15.1, and the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 29, 2016 incorporated by reference into this Annual Report as Exhibit 15.2.

C.    Research and Development

        We continue to believe that investment in R&D is pivotal to our ability to develop technologically superior and cost-effective solutions relative to our competitors.

        Our R&D activities take place both at our headquarters in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada and in Shanghai, China. We currently have approximately 58 employees in our engineering group, representing approximately 36% of our total personnel.

        Our R&D expenses have historically been, and will continue to be, a significant portion of our overall cost structure as we will continue to invest in new product features and new platforms to better serve the current and

50


Table of Contents

future needs of our customers. We invested 18% and 16% of our revenues in R&D during fiscal year 2017 and fiscal year 2016, respectively.

        For further analysis on Research and Development, see the management's discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 incorporated by reference into this Annual Report as Exhibit 15.1.

D.    Trend Information

        For a description of the trend information relevant to us see discussions in Parts A and B of Item 5. "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects"

E.    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

(Actual Dollars)

City
  Country   Lessor   Lease Expiry   Cost per
Month
 

Dubai

  UAE   TECOM Investments FZ-LLC   November, 2017   $ 3,450  

Luxembourg City

  Luxembourg   ME Business Solutions S.à r.l.   Month to Month   $ 1,600  

Ottawa (Warehouse & Operations at Terry Fox Drive + Office Space at 411 Legget Drive)

  Canada   Kanata Research Park   November, 2021   $ 74,400  

Shanghai

  China   Shanghai Lingang Economic            

      Development Group   September, 2017   $ 19,300  

Gurgaon

  India   Narinder Singh & Songs (P) LTD   March, 2018   $ 4,300  

        The leases listed above are arranged at market pricing levels in all jurisdictions and the lease periods listed above represent a commitment for the time period indicated. We are actively seeking sub-lease arrangements in a number of locations as part of our efforts to reduce costs. There can be no assurance that we will secure sub-leases or that sub-lease terms will be favorable.

        We use an outsourced manufacturing model in which most of the component acquisition and assembly of our products is executed by third parties. Generally, we provide the supplier with a purchase order 90 days in advance of expected delivery. We are responsible for the financial impact of any changes to the product requirements within this period. In some cases when a product has been purchased by a contract manufacturer but not pulled on for a build after a certain amount of time, we provide a deposit against that inventory, but do not take ownership of it.

        Our contract manufacturers currently have inventory intended for use in the production of our products, and we have purchase orders in place for raw materials and manufactured products with these contract manufacturers as well. All of this material is considered to be part of the normal production process and we take provisions against any portion of that inventory that we do not expect to be fully used based on current forecasts and projections. As mentioned previously, we would generally be responsible for the cost of the material approved to be purchased on our behalf by our contract manufacturers should those forecasts or projections change.

        As at February 28, 2017, we have provisions totaling $2.7 million on inventory held by contract manufacturers that we do not expect to be fully used.

51


Table of Contents


F.    Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

        Future minimum operating lease payments which relate to office and warehouse space in various countries as at February 28, 2017 per fiscal year are as follows:

2018

    1,074  

2019

    915  

2021

    905  

Thereafter

    1,565  
       

    4,459  
       

ITEM 6.    Directors, Senior Management, and Employees.

A.    Directors and Senior Management

Name, Occupation and Security Holding

        Our directors as at February 28, 2017 were as follows:

Name and Municipality of Residence
 
Principal Occupation
  Director Since   Holdings of Outstanding
Common Shares as at
February 28, 2017

PETER ALLEN
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  Chief Executive Officer, DragonWave Inc.   March 4, 2004   18,346

CLAUDE HAW(1)(2)(3)(4)
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  President of Venture Coaches   November 10, 2003   1,200

LORI O'NEILL(1)(2)(3)
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  Independent Consultant and Corporate Director   June 13, 2013   800

CESAR CESARATTO(1)(2)(3)
Gatineau, Quebec, Canada

  Retired   June 12, 2012   1,600

(1)
As of February 28, 2017, the audit committee members are Lori O'Neill (Chair), Claude Haw and Cesar Cesaratto.

(2)
As of February 28, 2017, compensation committee members are Cesar Cesaratto (Chair), Claude Haw and Lori O'Neill.

(3)
As of February 28, 2017, the nominating and governance committee members are Claude Haw (Chair), Lori O'Neill and Cesar Cesaratto.

(4)
Chairman of the board of directors.

        Our directors, as at the date of this Annual Report, are Peter Allen, Claude Haw, Lori O'Neill and Cesar Cesaratto. Each of our directors holds office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until his successor is duly elected or appointed, unless his office becomes vacant by resignation, death, removal or other cause.

        Our directors and executive officers, as a group, beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, a total of 36,434 common shares, representing 0.4284% of the total outstanding common shares as of the date of this Annual Report.

52


Table of Contents

        Our executive officers as at February 28, 2017 were, and as except as otherwise noted, as of the date hereof are, as follows:

Name and Municipality of Residence
 
Offices with the Company

PETER ALLEN
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

PATRICK HOUSTON
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  Chief Financial Officer

BARRY DAHAN
London, England, United Kingdom

  Executive Vice President, Global Sales

DAVID FARRAR
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  Vice President, Operations

GREG FRIESEN
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  Vice President, Product Management

INGRID MAG
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  Vice President, Product Development

TOM MCLELLAN
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

  Vice President, Services

        In May 2017, both Greg Friesen and Tom McLellan resigned from DragonWave. No new executive officers have been identified to the date of this Annual Report.

        As at the date of this Annual Report, our board of directors has three standing committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and governance committee. Detailed information regarding the mandate and procedures of the audit committee can be found below under "Part I – Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices – Audit Committee", as required by National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees promulgated under applicable securities legislation.

        We have also established a disclosure committee composed of members of management, namely Peter Allen and Patrick Houston.

        The principal occupations of our directors and executive officers as at February 28, 2017, for at least the five preceding years are as follows:

Directors

        Cesar Cesaratto:    Mr. Cesaratto has more than 40 years of experience in the information technology industry. Mr. Cesaratto joined Nortel Networks Limited ("Nortel"), a communications equipment design and manufacturing company, in 1970 and assumed increasingly senior management roles during his 31 year career with Nortel, culminating in the role of President, Wireless Solutions for Europe, Middle East and Africa. Mr. Cesaratto retired from Nortel in 2001 and has continued to be active in the technology sector. He is currently a member of an angel investment group dedicated to the development of technology start-up companies. He was recently chairman of the board of directors of Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (2002 to 2017), was a director of Tundra Semiconductor Corporation (2007 to 2009), Gennum Corporation (2002 to 2006) and Breconridge Manufacturing Solutions (2007 to 2010). He also serves on the Board of two private start-up companies. Mr. Cesaratto holds a Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering from McGill University.

        Claude Haw, Director:    Claude Haw is President of Venture Coaches, a private consulting and investment company, which he founded in 2000. From 2009 to 2011 he was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Ottawa Centre for Regional Innovation (OCRI), Ottawa's leading economic development organization. From 2003 to early 2007, Mr. Haw was also a general partner at Skypoint Capital Corporation, an Ottawa based venture capital firm. Prior to Venture Coaches, Mr. Haw held a number of executive positions at Newbridge Networks Corporation, including Vice President of Corporate Business Development. In this role, he managed

53


Table of Contents

strategic investment programs in more than 20 companies. Mr. Haw has also held senior management positions at Mitel Networks Corporation and Leigh Instruments Ltd. Mr. Haw serves on the board of directors of two private companies, Signority Inc. and Rent Frock Repeat Inc., as well as on the board of a not-for-profit association, Public Services Health and Safety Association. Mr. Haw holds a Bachelor of Electrical Engineering degree from Lakehead University in Thunder Bay, Ontario, Canada and has completed the Canadian Securities Course. He has completed the ICD Director Education Program and attained the ICD.D designation in 2012. Mr. Haw was also recognized for his contribution to Canadian innovation with the Queen Elizabeth II Diamond Jubilee Medal in 2012.

        Lori O'Neill, Director:    Lori O'Neill is a CPA, CA and CPA (Illinois) and currently provides financial consulting services to growth companies. During over 25 years as partner in a global professional services firm, Ms. O'Neill assisted growth companies from startups to multinationals, supporting complex transactions, private and public equity offerings, mergers and acquisitions in Canada and the U.S. Ms. O'Neill is a board member and chair of the Audit Committee of the Ontario Lottery and Gaming Corporation, Defence Construction Canada, Pagecloud Inc., The Pythian Group, Ashbury College, University of Ottawa Heart Institute, Startup Canada, and as a member of the board of directors of Hydro Ottawa. Ms. O'Neill graduated from Carleton University with a Bachelor of Commerce Highest Honours in 1988, achieved her CA designation in 1990, her CPA designation in 2003, was recognized as "Top Forty under Forty" in 1999 by the Ottawa Business Journal, and completed the ICD Director Education Program attaining the ICD.D designation in 2012.

        Peter Allen is also a director and his biographical information is set out below.

Executive Officers

        Peter Allen, President and Chief Executive Officer:    Prior to joining DragonWave in 2004, Peter Allen was President and CEO of Innovance Inc. ("Innovance"), a private reconfigurable optical networking company. Prior to 2000, Peter was the Vice President of Business Development for the Optical Networks Division of Nortel Networks Limited ("Nortel"), holding leadership responsibility for Nortel's optical components business as well as business development responsibility for system activities. At Nortel, Peter led a 5,000-employee global operation spanning R&D, manufacturing and sales and marketing. Peter has also held managerial positions at Ford Motor Company and Rothmans International plc, and has lived and worked in North America, Europe and Africa.

        Patrick Houston, Chief Financial Officer:    Patrick Houston oversees the accounting, business support, treasury, financial planning and analysis at DragonWave. Patrick joined the Company in 2007 and has served in various senior roles in both finance and operations. Patrick has over 12 years of experience in various finance roles in both industry and public practice. Prior to DragonWave, Patrick was with Deloitte LLP where he was a Senior Associate. Patrick is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Ottawa.

        Barry Dahan, Executive Vice President, Global Sales:    Barry Dahan has 30 years' experience in the International Telecom industry in various roles. Prior to joining DragonWave in 2011, Barry was tasked with building the business and infrastructure for Starent Networks. Barry was employed with ALU and Nortel in various Executive / Leadership roles. Since 2010, Barry has been investing in private growth companies. Barry holds a Business Degree in Finance as well as a bachelor in engineering from Polytechnique in Canada.

        David Farrar, Founder & Vice President, Operations:    Prior to co-founding DragonWave in February 2000, David Farrar was employed by Newbridge, where he held senior management positions in product management, R&D, operations, and information technology. Prior to joining Newbridge, David was Director of Engineering at Synapse Corporation, a private data communications design company, and an Engineering Manager at Mitel. David holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Waterloo in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

        Greg Friesen, Vice President, Product Management:    Prior to joining DragonWave in 2004, Greg Friesen held senior product management, business development, network design and planning roles, at a number of communications firms, including Innovance (2000-2004), Nortel (1997-2000), and Fundy Telecom (1996). As

54


Table of Contents

Senior Product Manager at Innovance he was responsible for all product definition, architecture, and network design. He has been involved in the planning and engineering of over 10 nationwide network deployments. Greg has authored numerous papers and magazine articles in publications including Microwave Journal, Telecommunications, Xchange, Telephony Online, Last Mile, AGL, Radio World, and has spoken at numerous industry conferences such as WiMax World, CTIA, Telecom Next, ISPCon and UTC. Greg holds two granted patents in the networking area. Greg holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Saskatchewan in Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada.

        Ingrid Mag, Vice President, Product Development:    Ingrid Mag is the Vice President of Product Development at DragonWave, responsible for all product development activity. Ingrid has over 24 years of design and senior management experience in the RF design and telecommunications industries. She has over 14 years tenure at DragonWave primarily focused on leading product development teams. Her leadership has been instrumental in delivering the majority of the Horizon product line and in the recent launches of the Harmony product line. Prior to joining DragonWave, Ingrid worked for 2 years at Sirenza Microdevices and more than 5 years at Nortel Networks in senior RF design roles. Previously, Ingrid worked for over 2 years at COM DEV International. Ingrid holds a Bachelor of Applied Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Waterloo. She has a microwave integrated circuit packaging patent and has co-authored several papers.

        Tom McLellan, Vice President, Services:    Tom McLellan joined DragonWave in February 2010, to lead the Services and Customer Support Team. Prior to joining DragonWave, Tom spent close to 30 years with Nortel, in a diverse number of roles. He ran the Global Product Support team for several years, an organization of 1200 people worldwide supporting all aspects of Nortel's product portfolio, Optical, Wireless and Carrier Wireline to Enterprise IP. During his tenure at Nortel he also held roles at Bell Northern Research as Director of its Carrier Platform business, as well as Project Management and Verification roles, managing teams in a wide number of locations, including Raleigh, North Carolina, Dallas, Texas and Santa Clara, California in the U.S., Istanbul, Maidenhead in the United Kingdom and Beijing, China. Tom has a C&G of London Institute Diploma in Telecommunications and graduated with a BSc in Electrical and Electronic Engineering from Glasgow, Scotland.

B.    Compensation

        The following table sets forth all amounts of compensation earned by the directors of the Corporation (other than Peter Allen who was not separately compensated for his service as director and whose compensation is reflected in the "Summary Compensation Table" under "Information on Executive Compensation" below) for the financial year ended February 28, 2017.

   
Name of Director
  Fees
Earned(1)

  Option
Based
Awards(2)

  Share
Based
Awards

  Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

  Pension
Value

  All other
compensation

  Total
compensation

 
   

Claude Haw (Chair)

  $ 50,130   $ 20,310   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $ 70,440  
   

Cesar Cesaratto

  $ 28,009   $ 20,310   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $ 48,319  
   

Lori O'Neill

  $ 29,038   $ 20,310   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $ 49,348  
   
(1)
All compensation was paid in CAD dollars. The amount disclosed above is the USD equivalent of the Canadian dollar amount paid based on an average exchange rate for the 2017 fiscal year of 0.7621 (1.3122).

(2)
Option based award values are calculated at their market value established using the Black-Scholes methodology, which has been chosen as the method to value options as it is the most widely recognized methodology and is accepted as a US generally accepted accounting standard. The Black-Scholes methodology considers various factors including historical share prices, price volatility and interest rates.

55


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth compensation information for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the fiscal year ended February 29, 2016 and the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 for the Corporation's Named Executive Officers.

 
 
   
   
   
   
  Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation ($)
   
   
   
Name and principal
position

  Fiscal
Year
ended
Feb. 28/29

  Salary
($)

  Share-
based
awards
($)

  Option-
based
awards
($)(1)(2)

  Annual
incentive
plans

  Long-term
incentive
plans

  Pension
value
($)

  All other
compensation
($)

  Total
compensation
($)

 

Peter Allen

  2017   $218,529(6)   Nil   $73,063   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $291,592

President and Chief

  2016   $308,445(6)   Nil   $84,226   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $392,670

Executive Officer

  2015   $365,196(6)   Nil   $108,211   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $473,407
 

Patrick Houston(4)

  2017   $169,348(6)   Nil   $62,925   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $232,273

Chief Financial Officer

  2016   $123,503(6)   Nil   $20,449   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $143,952
 

Erik Boch(5)

  2017   $53,507(6)   Nil   $22,370   Nil   Nil   Nil   $3,235(9)   $79,112

Vice President,

  2016   $186,473(6)   Nil   $39,858   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $226,331

Engineering and

  2015   $231,559(6)   Nil   $75,747   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $307,306

Chief Technology

                                   

Officer

                                   
 

Barry Dahan

  2017   $186,256(7)   Nil   $50,758   $106,067(3)   Nil   Nil   Nil   $343,081

Executive Vice

  2016   $224,205(7)   Nil   $28,027   $124,350(3)   Nil   Nil   Nil   $445,109

President, Global

  2015   $261,104(7)   Nil   $32,463   $306,931(3)   Nil   Nil   Nil   $532,212

Sales

                                   
 

David Farrar

  2017   $175,668(6)   Nil   $54,814   Nil   Nil   Nil   $2,128(10)   $232,610

Vice President,

  2016   $186,473(6)   Nil   $39,858   Nil   Nil   Nil   $1,104(10)   $227,435

Operations

  2015   $231,559(6)   Nil   $75,747   Nil   Nil   Nil   $4,377(10)   $311,683
 

Ingrid Mag(8)

  2017   $152,164(6)   Nil   $60,306   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   $212,470

Vice President,

                                   

Product

                                   

Development

                                   
 
(1)
Option based award values are calculated at their fair market value established using the Black Scholes methodology, which has been chosen as the method to value options as it is the most widely recognized methodology and is accepted as a US generally accepted accounting standard. The Black Scholes methodology considers various factors including historical share prices, price volatility and interest rates.

(2)
Foreign currency is translated at the average rate for the 2017 fiscal year. CAD to USD is 0.7621 (1.3122).

(3)
Non equity incentive plan compensation consists of sales commission.

(4)
Mr. Houston was appointed as Interim Chief Financial Officer effective on August 26, 2015, and as Chief Financial Officer effective October 28, 2015.

(5)
Mr. Boch resigned as a director and officer of the Corporation effective on July 4, 2016.

(6)
All compensation, with the exception of Mr. Dahan, is paid in CAD dollars. All compensation is translated at the average rate for the 2017 fiscal year, 2016 fiscal year and the 2015 fiscal year. The rates used were CAD to USD, 0.7621 (1.3122), CAD to USD, 0.7684 (1.3014), CAD to USD, 0.8929 (1.1199), respectively.

(7)
Mr. Dahan's compensation is paid in Great Britain pounds sterling ("GBP"). His compensation is translated at the average rate for the 2017 fiscal year, 2016 fiscal year and the 2015 fiscal year. The rates used were GBP to USD, 1.3304 (0.7517), GBP to USD, 1.5149 (0.6601), GBP to USD, 1.6319 (0.6128), respectively.

(8)
Ms. Mag was appointed as Vice President of Product Development on June 16, 2016.

(9)
Represents Mr. Boch's stock option benefit upon the exercise of stock options based on the fair market value of the Common Shares on the exercise date of CAD$3.96, and an exchange rate of CAD to USD of 0.7780 (1.2853).

(10)
Represents the value vested of the Corporation's matching contributions in fiscal 2016 while Mr. Farrar participated in the ESPP.

56


Table of Contents

C.   Board Practices

        The Corporation and its Board are committed to exercising effective corporate governance in the conduct of the Corporation's business and the Board's affairs. National Instrument 58-101 – Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices (the "National Instrument") promulgated by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities requires reporting issuers to disclose their approach to corporate governance and relate their corporate governance practices to specific guidelines. The National Instrument serves as the reference point for this Statement of Corporate Governance Practices.

Overview

        The Board is responsible for managing the business and affairs of the Corporation. It is the Board's belief that good corporate governance improves corporate performance and benefits all shareholders.

Board of Directors

        The Board is currently comprised of four directors. Directors of the Corporation are elected annually by the shareholders. The composition of the Board, assuming the election of the director nominees of management, provides a mix of skills and experience, including a diversity of geographic bases and cultural groups, to guide the strategy and operations of the Corporation, which the board considers important considering the increasingly global nature of the Corporation's stakeholders.

        The Board has concluded that three of the four current directors (namely Cesar Cesaratto, Claude Haw and Lori O'Neill) are "independent" within the meaning of the National Instrument and NASDAQ rules. The definitions of "independence" in the National Instrument and NASDAQ rules generally focus on whether a director, directly or indirectly, has a material relationship with an issuer that could reasonably be expected to interfere with the exercise of that director's independent judgment, provided that employees and certain other categories of individuals are considered to have material relationships with an issuer.

        The Board determines, on an annual basis, whether Board members are "independent" within the meaning of the National Instrument and NASDAQ rules. On May 26, 2017, the Board undertook its annual determination of the independence status of each of the directors in relation to the solicitation of proxies for this Meeting. If all of management's nominees are elected at the Meeting, three of the four directors (namely Cesar Cesaratto, Claude Haw and Lori O'Neill) will be "independent" within the meaning of the National Instrument and NASDAQ rules. Peter Allen is not "independent" as a result of his being an executive officer of the Corporation. The Board believes that the extensive knowledge of the Corporation's business and industry brought to the Corporation by Mr. Allen is beneficial to the other directors and contributes to the effectiveness of the Board.

        At each Board meeting, the "independent" directors have the ability to hold in camera sessions without the presence of the non-independent directors and other members of the Corporation's management, a process intended to facilitate open and candid discussion among the "independent" directors. Although not regularly scheduled, the Board exercises its ability to hold such in camera sessions whenever any "independent" director deems it necessary. For the period of March 1, 2016 through February 28, 2017 the Board met in person on four occasions and conducted one formal in camera session.

        Claude Haw, an "independent" director, serves as the Board's Chair. In addition to chairing all Board meetings, the Chair's role is to facilitate and chair discussions among the Corporation's "independent" directors, facilitate communication between the "independent" directors and the Corporation's management, and, if and when necessary, act as a spokesperson on behalf of the Board in dealing with the press and members of the public. The Chair's responsibilities and duties are described in detail in a position description developed by the Board in co-operation with the current Chair. The existence of the position of Chair is not intended in any way to inhibit discussions among the directors or between any of them and the Corporation's management. The Chair, the Nominating and Governance Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Disclosure Committee and the Board at large are responsible for ensuring that the Board effectively discharges its mandate.

57


Table of Contents

Majority Voting for Directors

        The Board believes that each of its members should have the confidence and support of the Corporation's shareholders. On May 2, 2012, as recommended by the Nominating and Governance Committee, the Board adopted a majority voting policy for the election of directors at the Meeting. This policy provides that in an uncontested election, any nominee for director who receives more "withheld" votes than "for" votes will tender his or her resignation to the Board, effective on acceptance by the Board. The Board will refer the resignation to the Nominating and Governance Committee for consideration. The Board will promptly accept the resignation unless the Nominating and Governance Committee determines that there are extraordinary circumstances relating to the composition of the Board or the voting results that should delay the acceptance of the resignation or justify rejecting it. In any event, it is expected that the resignation will be accepted (or in rare cases rejected) within 90 days of the Meeting.

Mandate of the Board

        On February 23, 2007, the Board adopted a written mandate of directors' duties and responsibilities. A copy of the Corporation's Mandate for the Board of Directors is available on the Corporation's website at www.dragonwaveinc.com.

        The Board has the authority to retain independent legal, accounting and other consultants. The Board may request any officer or employee of the Corporation or outside counsel or the external/internal auditors to attend a meeting of the Board or to meet with any member of, or consultant to, the Board.

Board Committees

        The Board of Directors has established the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Disclosure Committee to assist the Board in efficiently carrying out its responsibilities. The Board does not currently have an executive committee. In January 2013, the Strategy Committee was formed to assist the Board of Directors in monitoring the Corporation's progress in achieving its goals and objectives and for the setting the direction in response to changing circumstances and specifically to investigate, review, consider and advise the Board of Directors in relation to the Corporation's strategy. In April 2015, the Strategy Committee was dissolved and the full board continues to monitor the Corporation's progress and to investigate, review, consider the Corporation's strategy.

Audit Committee

        The mandate, role, responsibilities and procedures of the Audit Committee are set forth in the Corporation's Audit Committee Charter. The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things, reviewing the Corporation's financial reporting procedures, internal controls and the performance of the Corporation's external auditors. The Audit Committee is also responsible for reviewing quarterly financial statements, the annual financial statements and related press releases prior to their approval by the full Board and certain other documents required by regulatory authorities. The Audit Committee Charter addresses in detail the relationship between the Audit Committee, the Corporation's external auditors and management of the Corporation, and contemplates direct communication channels between the Audit Committee and the external auditors. The Audit Committee is empowered to retain persons having special competence as necessary to assist it in fulfilling its responsibilities. Each of the Audit Committee members must be "independent" within the meaning of the National Instrument, NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A 3 under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

        The Audit Committee is currently comprised of three "independent" directors: Lori O'Neill (Committee Chair), Claude Haw and Cesar Cesaratto, each of whom is "independent", including within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Each audit committee member is "financially literate" within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees ("NI 52-110") and each of Lori O'Neill and Claude Haw is an "audit committee financial expert", as defined by U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

        A copy of the Corporation's Audit Committee Charter is available on the Corporation's website at www.dragonwaveinc.com

58


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

        The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the Board on executive compensation, including the compensation of the President and Chief Executive Officer. The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee also include oversight of the Corporation's equity compensation plans and management succession strategy. Each of the Compensation Committee members must be "independent" within the meaning of the National Instrument and NASDAQ rules.

        The Compensation Committee is currently composed of three "independent" directors: Cesar Cesaratto (Committee Chair), Claude Haw and Lori O'Neill.

        The members of the Compensation Committee have direct experience with matters related to compensation policies and practices. Mr. Haw, in particular, has been a member of the Compensation Committee since November 2003, and has been directly involved with compensation matters as a member of the compensation committees of Meriton Networks Corporation from 2000 to 2008. He has also served as a member of the compensation committee for Accedian and Teradici Corporation.

        The members of the Compensation Committee have a breadth and depth of experience with both public and private companies that enables them to make decisions on the suitability of our compensation policies and practices. As noted above in their respective biographies, each member of the Compensation Committee has held executive positions with entities in the technology sector and each is well positioned to make determinations with respect to the compensation policies and practices of the Corporation. Moreover, if the Compensation Committee determines that additional information is required in order to make a decision with respect to any compensation policy or practice, the Compensation Committee has the authority to engage external consultants at the expense of the Corporation.

        The Compensation Committee meets a minimum of twice every year and after each meeting reports to the Board the results of its activities and any reviews undertaken. The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the Board as deemed appropriate.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Pursuant to the Nominating and Governance Committee Charter, the mandate of the Nominating and Governance Committee is to assist the directors of the Corporation in carrying out the Board's oversight responsibility for ensuring that the strategic direction of the Corporation is reviewed annually and that the Board and each of its committees carry out their respective functions in accordance with an appropriate process. The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for governance issues and for identifying, recruiting, nominating, endorsing, recommending the appointment of, and orienting, new directors and committee members, as well as the ongoing training and education of existing directors. The Nominating and Governance Committee is also responsible for assessing the effectiveness of the Board as a whole, each committee of the Board, and the contribution of each individual director. At least every two years, this includes a survey of board effectiveness, which was most recently conducted and reported on to the Board in May 2015. As part of this review process, the Board also discussed and considered the constitution of the Board and the committees of the Board, including board size, split between executive and non-executive members, diversity of directors and skills and experience relevant to the Corporation.

        The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for annually recommending to the Board whether a director should be nominated for re-election based upon the Nominating and Governance Committee's consideration of his or her performance in office and any other factors deemed relevant. The Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and other individual directors may also identify potential candidates as directors and the Nominating and Governance Committee or the full Board, as the case may be, may review such candidates and make appropriate recommendations. Following the resignation of Mr. Robert Pons in April 2015 and Mr. Russell Frederick in August 2015, the Nominating and Governance Committee considered the size and composition of the Board in light of the challenges facing the Corporation. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommended that the Board maintain four directors and not seek to replace the departed directors at this point in time. The Nominating and Governance Committee may recommend that the Board appoint an additional director should the circumstances of the Corporation warrant the addition of a new

59


Table of Contents

director to the Board. The Nominating and Governance Committee has developed a competency matrix that will assist the Committee and the Board in identifying and assessing candidates for appointment to the Board.

        The Nominating and Governance Committee also monitors the size and composition of the Board and its committees to ensure effective decision making and reports to the full Board on any resulting recommendations.

        The Nominating and Governance Committee also reviews the Corporation's Insider Trading Policy, Disclosure Policy and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and is responsible for recommending changes and any action that may be required or desired to respond to any breach of any such policy or code. On May 2, 2012, the Nominating and Governance Committee recommended that the Board adopt amendments to the Corporation's Insider Trading Policy to restrict the purchase of certain financial instruments by directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

        Each of the Nominating and Governance Committee members must be "independent" within the meaning of the National Instrument and NASDAQ rules. The Nominating and Governance Committee is currently composed of three "independent" directors: Claude Haw (Committee Chair), Cesar Cesaratto and Lori O'Neill.

        The full Board will continue to be directly involved in corporate governance matters upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Governance Committee and where otherwise appropriate.

        A copy of the Corporation's Nominating and Governance Committee Charter is available on the Corporation's website at www.dragonwaveinc.com and otherwise may be obtained free of charge upon request from Investor Relations at the Corporation's head office located at 411 Legget Drive, Suite 600, Ottawa, Ontario, K2K 3C9.

Disclosure Committee

        The Corporation has adopted a written Disclosure Policy and has formed a Disclosure Committee consisting of members of senior management (namely, Peter Allen and Patrick Houston) in order to oversee the Corporation's disclosure practices and generally regulate the manner in which the Corporation and its directors, officers, employees and other representatives interact with shareholders and other stakeholders, analysts and the public. The Corporation's Disclosure Policy has been established in accordance with relevant disclosure requirements set out in applicable Canadian securities legislation. The Disclosure Committee was formed in February 2007 and meets periodically on an as-needed basis throughout the year.

        A copy of the Corporation's Disclosure Committee Charter and Disclosure Policy is available on the Corporation's website at www.dragonwaveinc.com and otherwise may be obtained free of charge upon request from Investor Relations at the Corporation's head office located at 411 Legget Drive, Suite 600, Ottawa, Ontario, K2K 3C9.

Position Descriptions

        The Board has adopted written position descriptions for the Chair of the Board and the chairs of each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board and the Chief Executive Officer have jointly developed and adopted a written position description for the Chief Executive Officer.

Term Limits and Board Renewal

        The Corporation has not adopted term limits for its directors or other mechanisms for Board renewal. The Nominating and Governance Committee, on an annual basis, reviews the size, composition, mandate and performance of the Board and the various committees of the Board, and makes recommendations for appointment, removal of directors or other adjustments as appropriate. The Nominating and Governance Committee has considered whether to propose that the Board adopt term limits for directors and has determined not to do so after consideration of a number of factors, including the significant advantages associated with the continued involvement of long-serving directors who have gained a deep understanding of the Corporation's projects, operations and objectives during their tenure; the experience, corporate memory and perspective of such directors; the professional experience, areas of expertise and personal character of members

60


Table of Contents

of the Board; and the current needs and objectives of the Corporation. Within that context, the Nominating and Governance Committee has developed a competency matrix to be used in determining the needs of the Board.

Diversity and Inclusion

        At least every two years, the Nominating and Governance Committee conducts a survey of board effectiveness, which was most recently conducted and reported on to the Board in May 2015. As part of this review process, the Board also discussed and considered the constitution of the Board and the committees of the Board, including board size, split between executive and non-executive members, diversity of directors and skills and experience relevant to the Corporation. The Corporation does not currently have a written policy relating to the identification and nomination of women directors, and does not have specific targets with respect to the representation of women on its Board or in executive officer positions based on any particular personal experience or characteristic, including gender. The review conducted by Nominating and Governance Committee in May 2015 and the Board discussion concerning the diversity of directors and the skills and experience relevant to the Corporation included considerations related to the gender representation on the Board and at the executive level. The Nominating and Governance Committee has developed a competency matrix to help determine qualifications to prioritize in candidates, and to assist Board of Directors in identifying the highest quality candidates for the Board. Due to the current limited size of the Board, it has not adopted a written policy relating to the identification and nomination of women directors, but will consider adopting such a policy, and targets, in the future. The Corporation focuses on choosing the most appropriate candidate for each position having regard to the experience, skillset, educational background, gender, ethnicity and other personal characteristics of both the candidate and, as applicable, the Board and management team as a whole and, as a result, the Corporation has not adopted a target regarding the number of women on the Board as gender is one of many attributes to be considered in determining the composition of the Board. Currently, one of four members of the Board (or 25%) is a woman, being Lori O'Neill, who also serves as Chair of our Audit Committee.

        With respect to executive roles, the Corporation is sensitive to the value of having representation of women, as well as other underrepresented groups. Disclosure rules define an "executive officer" to include a vice-president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function, or a person performing a policy-making function for the issuer. Based on this limited definition, the Corporation only has five executive officers. As a result, one (25%) of the Corporation's "executive officers" is a women. The Corporation has not adopted a target regarding the number of women in executive officer positions, as the Board and management are confident that women will continue to progress in our organization over time.

Skills and Experience of the Board

        As noted above, the Nominating and Governance Committee has developed a "competency" matrix in which directors indicate their strongest experience in the eight key competencies identified as important for a company like DragonWave. Each director must indicate in which four (4) of these competencies the director

61


Table of Contents

believes he or she possesses the greatest strength. The table below illustrates the mix of experiences in these competencies of our four nominee directors.

GRAPHIC

        The definitions of the core competencies set out above are:

    Accounting and Finance: experience with, or understanding of, financial accounting and reporting, corporate finance and familiarity with financial internal controls, and IFRS

    CEO/Senior Management: experience as a CEO or senior executive

    Governance: experience in corporate governance principles and practices

    HR/Compensation: experience in, or understanding of, compensation plans, leadership development, talent management, succession planning and human resource principles and practices generally

    International Business Development: experience in the successful development of business outside of Canada and the United States

    Investment Banking/M&A: experience in investment banking and/or major transactions

    Risk Management: experience in, or understanding of, internal risk controls, risk assessment, risk management and/or reporting

    Telecommunications: senior executive experience in the telecommunications industry

Orientation and Continuing Education

        Pursuant to the Corporation's Nominating and Governance Committee Charter, the Nominating and Governance Committee monitors and recommends training and development programs for the Board and individual directors. The Corporation encourages its directors to pursue continuing education relating to their positions as members of the Board. From time to time, management arranges for the Corporation's external advisors to provide materials to, or meet with, the Board in order to address continuing education topics such as governance and continuous disclosure obligations. The meetings in which new directors participate (including the annual review sessions of strategic plans and budgets), as well as informal discussions with other directors

62


Table of Contents

and the Corporation's senior management, also permit new directors to rapidly familiarize themselves with the Corporation's operations and history.

Ethical Business Conduct

        The Corporation is committed to a culture of honesty, integrity and accountability and strives to operate its business in accordance with the highest ethical standards and applicable laws, rules and regulations. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Corporation has adopted a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Code of Conduct") which governs the behaviour of its directors, officers and employees. The Code of Conduct provides that all directors, officers and employees must avoid any situation that constitutes a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest with the Corporation.

        As required by the CBCA, directors formally disclose to the Board any material transactions or arrangements in which the director has an interest, and interested directors refrain from voting on such transaction or agreement.

        The full Board is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct, for regularly assessing its adequacy, for interpreting the Code of Conduct in any particular situation and for approving any changes to the Code of Conduct from time to time. The Code of Conduct provides that all directors, officers and employees of the Corporation are required to immediately report any violation of the Code of Conduct or any applicable law, rule or regulation to the Audit Committee or to a third party engaged by the Corporation. In 2011, the Corporation enhanced the independence and accessibility of the process related to reporting any possible violations of applicable laws, rules or regulations or the Code of Conduct, by engaging a third party intake service provider, EthicsPoint, to run a web and phone based ethics helpline. Web based reports are routed initially to EthicsPoints. There have been no reports made through EthicsPoint since its engagement by the Corporation and the Corporation is considering other approaches for addressing matters related to compliance with the Code of Conduct. A copy of the Code of Conduct is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com, or the Corporation's website at www.dragonwaveinc.com, and otherwise may be obtained free of charge upon request from Investor Relations at the Corporation's head office located at 411 Legget Drive, Suite 600, Ottawa, Ontario, K2K 3C9. Any amendments to our Code of Conduct, and all waivers of the Code of Conduct with respect to any of the officers covered by it, will be posted on our website within four business days of such amendment or waiver and shall be provided in print to any shareholder who requests them.

        The Corporation has also adopted an Insider Trading Policy which governs the conduct of directors, officers, employees and other insiders of the Corporation with respect to the trading of the Corporation's securities, particularly when in possession of material information concerning the Corporation and its affairs that has not been generally disclosed to the public. Among other matters, the Insider Trading Policy sets out prohibited trading activities, establishes guidelines for identifying insiders of the Corporation and describes reporting requirements applicable to insiders. As noted above, the Insider Trading Policy was amended by the Board on May 2, 2012.

Compensation

        The Board, acting on the recommendations of the Compensation Committee which is composed entirely of "independent" directors, reviews the adequacy of management's and the directors' compensation, as determined based on reviews of the competitive marketplace, to ensure that such compensation is current and reflective of the roles of each director. Additional disclosure relating to compensation matters is found above under "Information on Executive Compensation" and "Board Committees – Compensation Committee".

Assessment

        In general, since the directors work closely as a group throughout the year, the Chair, the full Board and each committee thereof are able to continuously assess whether each director is contributing towards the fulfillment of the Mandate for the Board and otherwise performing his or her duties at the highest level. As noted above, the Nominating and Governance Committee also administered a Board effectiveness survey which was presented to the Board in May 2015. Directors are also asked to self-identify and confirm their skills competencies pursuant to the competency matrix set out above.

63


Table of Contents

D.    Employees

        As of February 28, 2017 we had 160 full-time employees and contractors in comparison to 171 and 268 full time employees and contractors during the two previous year-end periods. A three year breakdown of our employees and contractors by main category of activity and geographic location is as follows:

Category of Activity
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
  Geographic Location

General and administrative

    15     14     20   Canada, China

Operations

    41     40     55   Canada, Global

Research and development

    58     68     127   Canada, China

Sales and marketing/customer support

    46     49     66   North America, Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Africa, South America
                 

Total

    160     171     268    
                 

E.    Share Ownership

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of the date of this Annual Report by each of our directors and all our directors and executive officers as a group as at that date. As used in this table, beneficial ownership means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose of or direct the sale of any security. A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of any option, warrant or right.

     
  Name of Director
  Common
Shares

 
     
 

Claude Haw (Chair)

    1,200  
 

Cesar Cesaratto

    1,600  
 

Lori O'Neill

    800  
     

 

     
  Name of Executive Officer
  Common
Shares

 
     
 

Peter Allen

    18,346  
 

Patrick Houston

    5  
 

Barry Dahan

     
 

Dave Farrar

    14,483  
 

Ingrid Mag

    282  
     

Outstanding Option-Based Awards for Directors as at February 28, 2017

        The following table sets forth all unexercised options outstanding as of February 28, 2017 for each director of the Corporation (other than Peter Allen whose unexercised options are reflected in the table titled

64


Table of Contents

"Outstanding Option Based Awards and Share Based Awards as at February 28, 2017" under "Information on Executive Compensation" below).

 
Name of Director
  Number of
Common Shares
underlying
unexercised
options

  Option
exercise price
(CAD$)

  Option
expiration date

  Aggregate value of
unexercised in-the-
money options as at
February 28, 2017
(US$)(1)(2)

 

Claude Haw (Chair)

    4,500   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil

    3,375   $ 6.22   May 18, 2021    

    2,793   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020    

    231   $ 53.75   July 18, 2019    

    580   $ 56.00   May 8, 2018    

    540   $ 73.50   July 11, 2017    
 

Cesar Cesaratto

    4,500   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil

    3,375   $ 6.22   May 18, 2021    

    1,567   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020    

    231   $ 53.75   July 18, 2019    

    580   $ 56.00   May 8, 2018    

    540   $ 73.50   July 11, 2017    
 

Lori O'Neill

    4,500   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil

    3,375   $ 6.22   May 18, 2021    

    1,339   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020    

    231   $ 53.75   July 18, 2019    

    580   $ 70.00   May 8, 2018    
 
(1)
The closing market price of the Common Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the "TSX") on February 28, 2017 was CAD$1.80 per Common Share.

(2)
Foreign currency is translated at the closing rate for the 2017 fiscal year. CAD to USD is 0.7548 (1.3249).

65


Table of Contents

Outstanding Option-Based Awards and Share-Based Awards as at February 28, 2017

        The following table sets forth all unexercised options outstanding as of February 28, 2017 for each Named Executive Officer.

 
 
  Option-Based Awards   Share-Based Awards
Name of Executive Officer
  Number of
Common
Shares
underlying
unexercised
options

  Option
exercise
price
(CAD $)

  Option
expiration date

  Aggregate
value of
unexercised
in-the-money
options as at
February 28,
2017
(US $)(1)(2)

  Number of
Common
Shares that
have not
vested

  Market value
of share-based
awards that have
not vested as at
February 28,
2017
($)(1)(2)

 

Peter Allen

  25,000   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil   Nil   Nil

  6,750   $ 6.22   May 18, 2021            

  12,206   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020            

  8,000   $ 19.25   May 21, 2020            

  4,000   $ 53.75   July 21, 2019            

  4,800   $ 30.25   November 19, 2018            

  1,400   $ 51.75   October 9, 2018            

  2,800   $ 56.00   May 8, 2018            

  1,600   $ 73.50   July 11, 2017            
 

Patrick Houston(3)

  20,000   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil   Nil   Nil

  6,750   $ 6.22   May 18, 2021            

  4,057   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020            

  2,000   $ 4.00   October 15, 2020            

  1,292   $ 19.25   May 21, 2020            

  1,000   $ 53.75   July 9, 2019            

  280   $ 30.25   November 19, 2018            

  400   $ 51.75   October 9, 2018            

  840   $ 56.00   May 8, 2018            

  500   $ 73.50   July 11, 2017            
 

Erik Boch(4)

  Nil     Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil   Nil
 

Barry Dahan

  14,000   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil   Nil   Nil

  6,750   $ 6.22   May 18, 2021            

  5,577   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020            

  2,400   $ 19.25   May 21, 2020            

  1,200   $ 53.75   July 21, 2019            

  1,400   $ 30.25   November 19, 2018            

  600   $ 51.75   October 9, 2018            

  1,000   $ 56.00   May 8, 2018            

  1,200   $ 73.50   July 11, 2017            
 

Dave Farrar

  16,000   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil   Nil   Nil

  6,750   $ 6.22   May 18, 2021            

  4,538   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020            

  4,000   $ 19.25   May 21, 2020            

  2,800   $ 53.75   July 21, 2019            

  2,800   $ 30.25   November 19, 2018            

  1,400   $ 51.75   October 9, 2018            

  2,000   $ 56.00   May 8, 2018            

  1,200   $ 73.50   July 11, 2017            
 

Ingrid Mag(5)

  20,000   $ 3.66   September 14, 2021   Nil   Nil   Nil

  5,000   $ 7.34   July 13, 2021            

  1,948   $ 3.00   November 23, 2020            

  600   $ 19.25   May 21, 2020            

  560   $ 53.75   July 9, 2019            

  160   $ 30.25   November 19, 2018            

  240   $ 51.75   October 9, 2018            

  560   $ 56.00   May 8, 2018            

  260   $ 73.50   July 11, 2017            
 
(1)
The closing market price of the Common Shares on the TSX on February 28, 2017 was CAD$1.80 per Common Share.

66


Table of Contents

(2)
Foreign currency is translated at the closing rate for the 2017 fiscal year. CAD to USD is 0.7548 (1.3249).

(3)
Mr. Houston was appointed as Interim Chief Financial Officer effective on August 26, 2015, and as Chief Financial Officer effective on October 28, 2015.

(4)
Mr. Boch resigned as a director and officer of the Corporation effective on July 4, 2016.

(5)
Ms. Mag was appointed as Vice President of Product Development on June 16, 2016.

Share-Based Awards

Description of the Share Based Compensation Plan

        After a review of the Corporation's compensation policies in May 2014, the Board of Directors recommended that shareholders approve the Share Based Compensation Plan which replaced the Sixth Amended and Restated Key Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Old Option Plan"). This recommendation was made to bring the Corporation's compensation policies in line with trends in compensation practice, which includes a move away from stock options to other forms of equity based compensation.

        The following disclosure is a summary of the Share Based Compensation Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Share Based Compensation Plan, a copy of which is set out in Appendix B to the Management Information Circular dated May 23, 2014 of the Corporation and filed under the Corporation's profile on SEDAR. Capitalized terms used but not defined in the following disclosure shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Share Based Compensation Plan. The following is not a comprehensive discussion of all of the terms and conditions of the Share Based Compensation Plan. Readers are advised to review the full text of the Share Based Compensation Plan to fully understand all terms and conditions of the plan.

        As described above, subject to the adjustment provisions provided for in the Share Based Compensation Plan and the applicable rules and regulations of all regulatory authorities to which the Corporation is subject (including any stock exchange), the total number of Common Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan shall not exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares, provided that the maximum number of Bonus Shares (as defined in the Share Based Compensation Plan) issued in any 12 month period shall not exceed 1.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding Common Shares (calculated on a non diluted basis). Should the Corporation issue additional Common Shares in the future, the number of Common Shares issuable under the Share Based Compensation Plan will increase accordingly. For purposes of calculating the available pool of Common Shares for awards under the Share Based Compensation Plan, Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted under the Old Option Plan that are outstanding as of June 20, 2014 will not be available for grant. However, the following will not be counted in calculating the available pool of Common Shares:

    i.
    Common Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Share Based Compensation Plan, which shall be returned to the pool of Common Shares and may be made subject to additional awards granted pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan;

    ii.
    Common Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Old Option Plan, which shall be returned to the pool of Common Shares and may be made subject to additional awards granted pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan;

    iii.
    Common Shares issued pursuant to the settlement of vested awards, which shall be returned to the pool of Common Shares and may be made subject to additional awards granted pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan;

    iv.
    (Bonus Shares (as defined in the Share Based Compensation Plan);

    v.
    Common Shares which by reason of the expiration, cancellation or termination of an unexercised option are no longer subject to purchase pursuant to an Option granted under the Share Based Compensation Plan, which shall be returned to the pool of Common Shares and may be made subject to additional awards granted pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan; and

    vi.
    Common Shares which by reason of the expiration without vesting of a PSU, RSU, or DSU (as defined below), or by reason of the cancellation of a PSU, RSU or DSU are no longer subject to issuance,

67


Table of Contents

      which shall be returned to the pool of Common Shares and may be made subject to additional awards granted pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan.

        For purposes of the above, if an award entitles the holder to receive or purchase Common Shares, the number of Common Shares covered by such award or to which such award relates will be counted on the date of grant of such award against the aggregate number of Common Shares available for granting awards under the Share Based Compensation Plan.

        Common Shares will not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan with respect to any portion of an award that is settled in cash.

        The Share Based Compensation Plan includes provision for granting of performance based share units ("PSUs"), RSUs, deferred share units ("DSUs"), Bonus Shares (as defined in the Share Based Compensation Plan) and options to purchase Common Shares. Settlement of vested PSUs, RSUs and DSUs is effected by delivering Common Shares acquired in the open market and/or issued from treasury, or by making a cash payment equal to the number of PSUs, RSUs or DSUs multiplied by the volume weighted average trading price of the Common Shares on the applicable stock exchange for the five trading days preceding the settlement date, or by a combination of these methods. The manner of settlement for RSUs, PSUs and DSUs is determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

        As of the date of this Annual Report, options to purchase 418,694 Common Shares (representing approximately 4.92% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares at the date of this Annual Report) are outstanding under the Share Based Compensation Plan and 371,442 Common Shares (representing approximately 4.37% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares at the date of this Annual Report) are available for future grants under the Share Based Compensation Plan. Should the Corporation issue additional Common Shares in the future, the number of Common Shares issuable under the Share Based Compensation Plan will increase accordingly.

        All awards granted pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan will be subject to all statutory tax withholdings under applicable tax laws.

        PSUs.    PSUs are performance based share units which are granted to participants in the Share Based Compensation Plan based on either individual and corporate performance criteria, or a combination thereof. Performance objectives are established at the beginning of each fiscal year and the participant is awarded a number of share units based on measured performance against these objectives at the end of the year. The share units are paid out to the participant at some later date but no later than three years from the year in which the PSUs were granted. Subject to the terms of any applicable grant, non vested PSUs are forfeited if the participant voluntarily leaves his or her employment with the Corporation.

        The Corporation believes that PSUs will provide it with a transparent and objective tool for rewarding performance, while providing participants with a defined incentive award.

        RSUs.    RSUs are share units which are granted to participants which vest over time. RSUs may, at the discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee, include performance objectives. The share units are paid out to the participant at some later date but no later than three years from the year in which the RSUs were granted. Subject to the terms of any applicable grant, non vested RSUs are forfeited if the participant voluntarily leaves his or her employment with the Corporation.

        DSUs.    The proposed Share Based Compensation Plan also makes provision for the use of DSUs as payment of directors' fees. A DSU is a notional share that has the same value as one Common Share. Under the proposed plan, directors may choose, with the consent of the Corporation, and subject to restrictions and procedures imposed by applicable law, to take all or part of their fees in DSUs.

        DSUs may be paid out to directors as Common Shares in the Corporation or in cash, at the discretion of the Board, when they retire from the Board. Subject to compliance with applicable tax laws, a retiring director may be able to defer the payment of such awards and decide to receive all or a portion of the cash payout the following year. The Corporation believes that the use of DSUs can have the advantage of encouraging higher

68


Table of Contents

levels of share ownership by the directors, thereby aligning their interests more closely with that of the Corporation while also preserving cash for the Corporation.

        Bonus Shares.    The proposed Share Based Compensation Plan permits Common Shares to be issued as a discretionary bonus to participants. The maximum number of Common Shares issued as Bonus Shares in any 12 month period cannot exceed 1.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding Common Shares (calculated on a non diluted basis).

        Administration.    Under the Share Based Compensation Plan, the Board may, at any time, appoint a committee to, among other things, interpret, administer and implement the Share Based Compensation Plan on behalf of the Board of Directors in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, consistent with the Share Based Compensation Plan. The Compensation Committee will administer the Share Based Compensation Plan.

        Eligible Persons.    Under the Share Based Compensation Plan, awards may be granted to any Non Employee Director, Officer, Employee or Consultant (all as defined in the Share Based Compensation Plan), or any of its Related Entities (as defined in the Share Based Compensation Plan). As used in this summary and the Share Based Compensation Plan, a participant is an eligible person to whom an award has been granted under the Share Based Compensation Plan. With regard to options granted to participants who are subject to the tax rules imposed by the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC"), the options may be either "incentive stock options" (as defined in Section 422 of the IRC or "nonstatutory stock options." Under the IRC, the maximum number of options which can first become eligible to be exercised in any calendar year is limited to U.S. $100,000 (based on the fair market value of the Common Shares on the date of grant). Any amount in excess of this figure will be nonstatutory stock options.

        Exercise Price of Options.    The exercise price per Common Share for options is fixed by the Compensation Committee but under no circumstances can the exercise price at the time of the grant be less than the fair market value of the Common Shares determined in accordance with the terms of the Share Based Compensation Plan. The exercise price of "incentive stock options" (as defined in Section 422 of the IRC) granted to shareholders owning 10% or more of the Corporation must equal 110% of the fair market value of the Common Shares on the date of grant.

        Term of Options.    Subject to certain extensions in the case of a blackout period, the term of options granted will be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee and specified in the option agreement pursuant to which such option is granted, provided that the date cannot be the earlier of: (i) the date which is the 10th anniversary of the date on which such option is granted; and (ii) the last date permitted under the applicable rules and regulations of all regulatory authorities to which the Corporation is subject. Any "incentive stock option" (as defined in Section 422 of the IRC) granted to a 10% shareholder in the preceding paragraph may have a maximum term of only five years.

        If the term of any options granted pursuant to the Share Based Compensation Plan is scheduled to expire: (i) at a time when the holder of the option is subject to restrictions on trading of securities of the Corporation under a trading "blackout" established by the Corporation (pursuant to the disclosure policy of the Corporation then in effect or otherwise) or pursuant to any lock-up agreement or other similar trading restriction (a "Blackout Period"); or (ii) within ten business days after the termination of a Blackout Period, the terms of the option will, notwithstanding the scheduled expiry date of the term of such Option, expire as of the date that is ten business days following the end of the applicable Blackout Period (the "Revised Expiry Date") and shall continue to be exercisable, convertible or otherwise remain outstanding for the benefit of the holder, as applicable, at any time up to the applicable time on the Revised Expiry Date.

        Limit on Incentive Stock Option Awards.    The maximum number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of "incentive stock options" (as defined in Section 422 of the IRC) under the Share Based Compensation Plan is 84,000.

        Vesting of PSUs and RSUs.    The Board or the Compensation Committee may determine the vesting schedule of any PSU or RSU at the time of grant. PSUs vest based on performance criteria as determined by the Board or Compensation Committee. RSUs generally vest in three annual increments. Subject to the terms of

69


Table of Contents

any applicable grant in the event that the participant terminates employment with the Corporation or its subsidiaries by reason of Eligible Retirement (as defined in the Share Based Compensation Plan), death or total disability (as determined by the Compensation Committee in good faith) (each an "Accelerated Vesting Event"), the non vested PSU or RSU will: (i) in the case of Eligible Retirement or death being the Accelerated Vesting Event, immediately become 100% vested, or (ii) in the case of total disability being the Accelerated Vesting Event, vest on the sixtieth (60th) day following the participant's termination.

        Subject to the terms of any applicable grant if the participant terminates employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries for any reason other than such Eligible Retirement, total disability or death or termination without cause, any non vested PSUs and/or RSUs granted thereunder will be immediately cancelled without liability or compensation therefor and be of no further force and effect. For clarity, where the participant voluntarily terminates his/her employment with the Corporation or is otherwise terminated by the Corporation for cause, all non vested PSUs and RSUs of the participant shall be immediately cancelled without compensation or liability therefor and be of no further force and effect.

        In the case of termination without cause, all unvested PSUs and RSUs immediately become 100% vested on the termination date.

        Settlement of Vested Units.    Payment to the participant in respect of vested RSUs or PSUs will be as soon as practicable following the date on which the RSUs or PSUs become vested; provided that the settlement date shall not be later than the third anniversary of the date of grant and all payments in respect of vested units in the participant's notional account maintained by the Corporation shall be paid in full on or before December 31 of the same calendar year.

        Vesting of DSUs.    Subject to the vesting provisions otherwise stipulated by the Board or the Compensation Committee, where a participant is terminated for cause or where a non employee director resigns or is otherwise removed as a result of losing his/her eligibility to serve on the Board due to an order by a regulatory body or stock exchange or for culpable conduct as determined by the Compensation Committee, all unvested DSUs in the participant's notional account maintained by the Corporation shall be immediately cancelled without liability or compensation therefor and be of no further force and effect (unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee).

        Assignability.    Awards granted under the Share Based Compensation Plan are non transferable and non assignable to anyone other than to the estate of a participant in the event of death and then only in accordance with the terms of the Share Based Compensation Plan.

        Termination Provisions.    Subject to the terms of the Share Based Compensation Plan and any particular award granted under such plan, the following table describes the impact of certain events upon the rights of

70


Table of Contents

holders under the Share Based Compensation Plan. See also the discussion above under "Vesting of PSUs and RSUs" and "Vesting of DSUs".

 
Event
  Effect on Award
 

Termination without cause of an Employee, Officer, or Non-Employee Director

  Any options held at the date of the event shall be exercisable until the earlier of 30 days after the date of the event and the date on which the particular option otherwise expires.
 

Eligible Retirement

  Vested options may be exercised until the earlier of 30 days after the date of the event or the date on which the option otherwise expires.
 

Death of an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant

  Any non-vested portion of any outstanding award shall immediately terminate and no further vesting shall occur.

 

Any vested option shall expire upon the earlier of the expiry date of the award or 120 days after the date of the event.

 

Disability of an Employee, Officer, or Non-Employee Director

  Any non-vested portion of any outstanding award shall immediately terminate and no further vesting shall occur.

Any vested option shall expire upon the earlier of the expiry date of the award or 30 days after the date of the event.
 

Termination for cause of an Employee, Officer or Non-Employee Director

  Any non-vested award granted outstanding on date of the event and all rights thereunder shall terminate and no further vesting shall occur.
 

Resignation of an Employee or Officer

  Any options held that are exercisable at the date of the event shall be exercisable until the earlier of 30 days after the date of the event or the date on which the option otherwise expires.
 

Termination for cause, breach of fiduciary duty or for retirement which is not Eligible Retirement

  Any options held at the event date, whether or not exercisable on the date of the event, immediately expire and are cancelled on such date at a time determined by the Granting Authority, in its sole discretion.
 

71


Table of Contents

        Procedure for Amending.    The Share Based Compensation Plan may be amended, altered or discontinued by the Board at any time, subject to obtaining any necessary approval of any applicable regulatory authority including, any rules imposed by any stock exchange or other quotation system upon which the Common Shares are traded, and to the extent otherwise imposed by applicable law and/or the rules of such stock exchange or other quotation system, and such amendment, alteration, or discontinuance shall be subject to the approval of the shareholders in accordance with the rules, regulations and policies of any applicable stock exchange at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders of the Corporation. In addition to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with applicable law or any rules imposed by any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Common Shares are traded, the Share Based Compensation Plan shall be subject to the re approval of shareholders of the Corporation pursuant to a duly authorized meeting of shareholders held no later than June 20, 2024.

        Other Material Information.    Appropriate adjustments to the Share Based Compensation Plan and to awards granted thereunder will be made by the Corporation to give effect to adjustments in the number and type of Common Shares (or other securities or other property) resulting from subdivisions, consolidations, substitutions, or reclassifications of Common Shares, payment of share dividends or other prescribed changes in the Corporation's capital. In the event of any merger, acquisition, amalgamation, arrangement or other scheme of reorganization that results in a Change of Control, the Board or the Compensation Committee may, subject to the terms of any applicable grant, take any action with respect to outstanding awards that it deems necessary or desirable, including the acceleration of any vesting provisions.

        The Share Based Compensation Plan does not limit participation by insiders or provide for a maximum number of shares that may be issued to any one participant in the Share Based Compensation Plan.

Description of the Old Option Plan

        Following the approval of the Share Based Compensation Plan, no further options will be granted under the Old Option Plan but the options granted under the Old Option Plan will continue to be governed by the terms of the Old Option Plan. The Old Option Plan was established to attract, retain and provide an incentive to the employees, directors, officers and consultants of the Corporation or its related entities (which includes any individual or company that controls or is controlled by the Corporation, or that is controlled by the same person or company that controls the Corporation), and to advance the Corporation's interests by providing these persons with the opportunity, through stock options, to acquire an ownership interest in the Corporation.

        The Old Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee, or if a Compensation Committee is not appointed, by the Board (in either case, the "Plan Administrator").

        As of the date of this Annual Report, options to purchase 60,299 Common Shares (representing approximately 0.71% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares at the date of this Annual Report) are outstanding under the Old Option Plan. No future grants will be made under the Old Option Plan.

        Under the Old Option Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Board, options vest as to 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter, as to 1/36th of the remaining 75% of the optioned shares on the last day of each month, such that the option is fully vested on that date which is four years from the date of the grant.

        No option granted under the Old Option Plan shall extend for a period longer than seven years from the date of grant, provided that options granted prior to June 15, 2010 shall expire, subject to accelerated terms as provided for in the Old Option Plan, in accordance with the terms of the option. The Old Option Plan contains provisions governing the termination of options in the event of a termination of employment or service of a director, officer, consultant or employee. In such circumstances, unvested options terminate immediately. Vested options expire 120 days after the death of the participant or 30 days after the termination of the participant's service "without cause" or by reason of voluntary resignation (or earlier if the option was otherwise due to expire). In the case of termination of the participant's services "for cause", or by reason of the breach of the participant's fiduciary duty to the Corporation or consulting arrangement with the Corporation, vested options terminate immediately.

72


Table of Contents

        If an option expires (other than an expiry by reason of the termination of the participant's services "for cause", or by reason of the breach of the participant's fiduciary duty to the Corporation or consulting arrangement with the Corporation) during or within ten days after a period during which a participant is prohibited from exercising options pursuant to the Corporation's insider trading policy, as in effect from time to time (a "Black Out Period"), the participant may elect for the term of such option to be extended to the date which is ten business days after the last day of the Black Out Period; provided that the expiration date as extended will not in any event be beyond the later of: (i) December 31 of the calendar year in which the option was otherwise due to expire; and (ii) the 15th day of the third month following the month in which the option was otherwise due to expire.

        In the event of a "Corporate Event" (as defined below), the Board in its sole discretion (but subject to obtaining the prior approval of the TSX if required by the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX) may, without any action or consent of the participants, provide for: (a) the continuation or assumption of outstanding options by or to the successor to all or substantially all of the assets or capital shares of the Corporation, or any other successor of the business of the Corporation as determined by the Board (the "Acquirer"); (b) the substitution of options for options and/or shares of restricted stock and/or other securities of the Acquirer; (c) the substitution of options with a cash incentive program of the Acquirer; (d) the acceleration of the vesting of options and, in the case of outstanding options the right to exercise such options, to a date prior to or on the date of the Corporate Event, and the expiration of outstanding options to the extent not timely exercised by the date of the Corporate Event or such other date as may be designated by the Board; (e) the cancellation of all or any portion of the outstanding options by a cash payment and/or other consideration receivable by the holders of Common Shares as a result of the Corporate Event equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value (as determined by the Board), on the date of the Corporate Event, over the exercise price of the Common Shares subject to the outstanding options or portion thereof being cancelled; or (f) such other actions or combinations of the foregoing actions as it deems fair and reasonable in the circumstances. A "Corporate Event" is defined as: (i) a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization or arrangement of the Corporation with or into another corporation (other than a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization or arrangement of the Corporation with one or more of its Related Entities); (ii) a tender offer for all or substantially all of the outstanding Common Shares; (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or (iv) any other acquisition of the business of the Corporation as determined by the Board.

        The Old Option Plan contains additional restrictions that are only applicable to options which are characterized as "incentive stock options" for the purposes of the IRC. In the case of incentive stock option grants to holders of 10% or more of the Common Shares, the exercise price of such incentive stock options must be not less than 110% of the fair market value of the Common Shares (provided that such fair market value shall not be less than the 5 day volume weighted trading price on the date of grant).

        Except in the case of death of an optionee or in accordance with the applicable law, options are not assignable without the consent of the Corporation, provided that with the prior written consent of the Plan Administrator and subject to such conditions as the Plan Administrator may designate, allow options, other than incentive stock options, to be transferred or assigned to a registered retirement savings plan (RRSP), registered retirement income fund (RRIF) or tax free savings account (TFSA).

ESPP

        The ESPP was established on July 17, 2008 (the "Effective Date") following approval of the ESPP at the Corporation's 2008 annual and special meeting of shareholders.

        The ESPP is open for participation to all employees (including directors and officers who are under a permanent full time or part time contract of employment with the Corporation) of the Corporation and any subsidiary subject to certain provisions contained within the ESPP.

Summary of ESPP

        Pursuant to the ESPP, 20,000 Common Shares (approximately 0.24% of the 8,504,346 issued and outstanding Common Shares as of the date of this Annual Report) are reserved for issuance under the ESPP. All Common Shares purchased or issued pursuant to the ESPP come from the treasury of the Corporation.

73


Table of Contents

        The Board has full power and authority to administer the ESPP on behalf of the Corporation, including the power and authority to delegate the administration of the ESPP to the Compensation Committee. The Board determines questions of interpretation or application of the ESPP and its decisions are final and binding on all participants. Board members receive no additional compensation for their services in administering the ESPP.

        Eligible employees become participants in the ESPP by delivering to the Corporation an election to purchase shares prior to the commencement of the applicable purchase period. Each participant contributes to the ESPP, at the participant's option, an amount equal to or between the following minimum and maximum amounts (in whole percentages): a minimum of one percent (1%) of the participant's basic compensation, and a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the participant's basic compensation. The contributions are made through payroll deductions at the end of each employee's bi weekly or monthly pay period, as applicable. The Corporation, as agent of the participant, makes such deductions and pays the participant's contribution to the Administrator (as such term is defined in the ESPP).

        On the last business day of each month, the Administrator purchases Common Shares from the Corporation based on the contributions received from each participant during the preceding month (the "Participant Shares"). The purchase price of the Participant Shares is the volume weighted average closing trading price of the Common Shares on the TSX for the five trading days immediately preceding the last business day of such month. The Administrator deposits the Participant Shares into an account in the name of the participant and holds such shares on behalf of such participant.

        The Corporation matches a portion of each employee's participation in the ESPP by issuing additional Common Shares to each participant (through the Administrator). Specifically, on the last business day of each month, the Corporation issues to the Administrator that number of Common Shares (the "Matching Shares") equal to twenty five percent (25%) of the aggregate number of Participant Shares purchased by the Administrator on behalf of the participants for such month for each participant. The Matching Shares are deposited into a trust account by the Administrator on behalf of the Corporation.

        The Participant Shares purchased on behalf of each participant vest immediately to the benefit of such participant. Subject to provisions in the ESPP relating to a change in control of the Corporation, the Matching Shares vest one year from the date of issuance of such Matching Shares.

        In the event of a change of control of the Corporation, the Board, in its sole discretion (but subject to obtaining the prior approval of the TSX if required by the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX) may, without any action or consent of the participants in the ESPP, provide for: (a) the continuation of the vesting period with regard to any unvested Matching Shares; (b) the substitution of any unvested Matching Shares for shares of the acquirer; (c) the substitution of any unvested Matching Shares with a cash incentive program of the acquirer; (d) the acceleration of the vesting period to a date prior to or on the date of the change of control; (e) the cancellation of all or any portion of any unvested Matching Shares by a cash payment and/or other consideration receivable by the holders of any unvested Matching Shares as a result of the change in control equal to the market price of the unvested Matching Shares on the date of the change of control; or (f) such other actions or combinations of the foregoing actions as it deems fair and reasonable in the circumstances.

        Upon the termination of employment of any participant for any reason, any unvested Matching Shares held by the Administrator for such participant are forfeited by such participant. A participant whose employment is terminated for any reason other than death must withdraw or otherwise transfer all of their Participant Shares and vested Matching Shares in such participant's account within ninety (90) days of such termination of employment. The participant may also request that the Administrator sell the Participant Shares and vested Matching Shares in the participant's account and distribute the cash proceeds to the participant. In the event of the death of a participant, the Participant Shares and vested Matching Shares in such participant's account are distributed to such participant's estate in accordance with the instructions of such participant's legal representative. Such distribution may take the form of a distribution of the cash realized from the sale of such Participant Shares and vested Matching Shares by the Administrator if so requested by the legal representative of the participant's estate.

        The Corporation reserves the right to discontinue use of payroll deductions at any time such action is deemed advisable. The ESPP will terminate on the date which is ten (10) years from the Effective Date (as such

74


Table of Contents

term is defined in the ESPP), unless earlier terminated by the Board. No right or interest of any participant in or under the ESPP may be assigned by such participant.

        No Common Shares are issuable under the ESPP at any time to any Insider (as such term is defined in the ESPP) if such issuance, together with all of the Corporation's previously established or proposed Share Compensation Arrangements (as such term is defined in the ESPP), including the ESPP, could result, at any time, in: (i) the number of Common Shares issued to Insiders pursuant to the ESPP, together with all of such other Share Compensation Arrangements, within any one (1) year period exceeding ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding Common Shares; or (ii) the number of Common Shares issuable to Insiders at any time pursuant to the ESPP and all such other Share Compensation Arrangements exceeding ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding Common Shares.

        Amendments to the ESPP generally require the consent of the TSX and the shareholders of the Corporation given at a duly constituted meeting. However, the following amendments to the ESPP may be made by the Board without TSX or other stock exchange approval and without shareholder approval: (a) amendments of a technical, clerical or "housekeeping" nature, or to clarify any provision of the ESPP, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any amendment for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, error or omission in the ESPP or to correct or supplement any provision of the ESPP that is inconsistent with any other provision of the ESPP; (b) suspension or termination of the ESPP; (c) amendments to respond to changes in legislation, regulations, instruments (including National Instrument 45 106), stock exchange rules (including the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX) or accounting or auditing requirements; (d) amendments respecting administration of the ESPP; (e) any amendment to the definition of "Employee" in the ESPP; (f) any amendment to the definition of "Subsidiary" in the ESPP and the consequential amendments to Appendix "B" of the ESPP; (g) changes to the vesting provisions for any outstanding Unvested Matching Shares (as defined in the ESPP); (h) amendments to the participant contribution provisions of the ESPP; (i) amendments to the withdrawal and suspension provisions of the ESPP; (j) amendments to the number or percentage of Matching Shares contributed by the Corporation; (k) amendments to the termination provisions of the ESPP; (l) adjustments to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, share combinations or other alterations of the capital stock of the Corporation; and (m) any other amendment, whether fundamental or otherwise, not requiring shareholder approval under applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX).

        Shareholder approval will be required for the following types of amendments of the ESPP: (a) amendments to the number of Common Shares issuable under the ESPP, including an increase to the fixed maximum number of Common Shares or a change from a fixed maximum number of Common Shares to a fixed maximum percentage; and (b) amendments required to be approved by shareholders under applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX).

ITEM 7.    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

A.    Major Shareholders.

        The common shares are the only class of shares of the Company authorized and, therefore, the only shares eligible to vote. To our knowledge, there is only one person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, or exercises control or direction over, common shares carrying more than 5% of the voting rights attached to the 8,504,346 shares outstanding at June 8, 2017.

   
Name
  Number of
Common Shares

  Percentage of
Outstanding
Common Shares

 
   

Timothy J. McDonald

    525,515     6.18%  
   

75


Table of Contents

B.    Related Party Transactions.

        We purchased repair services from a network repair company which has a member who serves on both companies' board of directors. During the years ended February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016 we paid a nominal amount relating to the purchase of services from this repair facility.

        All transactions are in the normal course of business and have been recorded at the exchange amount.

Interests of management and others in material transactions

        No person or company, for which we are required under National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations to disclose such information, has any material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction completed in the three most recently completed financial years or the current financial year that has or is reasonably expected to materially affect us.

C.    Interests of Experts and Counsel.

        Not applicable.

ITEM 8.    Financial Information.

A.    Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information.

        See "Part III – Item 18. Financial Statements" for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report.

Export Sales

        During the year ended February 28, 2017, our sales to end users located outside of Canada amounted to $41.3 million, or 94% of our $43.9 million revenues for this year.

Legal proceedings

        It is common in our industry to receive notices alleging patent infringement arising in the normal course of business. We have set up internal procedures to deal with such notices, which include assessing the merits of each notice and seeking, where appropriate, a business resolution. Where a business resolution cannot be reached, litigation may be necessary. The ultimate outcome of any litigation is uncertain, and regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our business because of defense costs, negative publicity, diversion of management resources and other factors. Our failure to obtain any necessary license or other rights on commercially reasonable terms or litigation arising out of intellectual property claims could materially adversely affect our business. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017 and as of the date of this Annual Report, we are not party to any litigation related to intellectual property rights.

        In January 2016, a customer in India, Bharti Airtel Limited, initiated an arbitration process with the Company through an arbitral tribunal to resolve a dispute over inventory (with a value of $4.7 million) shipped to this customer in June 2015. The customer has now submitted its claim statement, which discloses an aggregate claim amount of approximately $6.4 million in respect of, among other things, damages claimed with respect to lost revenue, import duties, and inventory replacement costs. We feel that the claim has no merit. We submitted a counter-claim in June 2016 and several hearings have taken place subsequent to that time. As of the date of this Annual Report, the outcome of this matter is not determinable. We do not believe that we will incur a loss related to this claim. Under the generally accepted accounting principles applicable to us, we are not required to make any accrual in our financial statements with respect to any loss if it is not probable that a loss has been incurred. Based on these rules, we have not booked any accrual in our financial statements with respect to this dispute.

Dividends

        We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends

76


Table of Contents

will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our results of operations, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. There are no restrictions in our articles preventing us from declaring dividends or paying dividends to our shareholders. However, our debt facilities with Comerica Bank and Export Development Canada contain covenants restricting our ability to make payments of dividends on our common shares. We have not paid any dividends during our last three financial years.

ITEM 9.    The Offer and Listing.

Trading Price and Volume

        Our common shares are publicly traded on the TSX under the symbol "DRWI". Trading of the common shares on the TSX commenced with the closing of our initial public offering on April 19, 2007. Our common shares are also traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "DRWI". Trading of our common shares on NASDAQ commenced on October 15, 2009. Effective on August 28, 2015, our NASDAQ listing was transferred from The NASDAQ Global Market to The NASDAQ Capital Market. See "Risk Factors – Risks Related to our Common Shares & Warrants" for risks related to the trading of our common shares on NASDAQ.

        The ranges of our common shares on the TSX and NASDAQ for the annual high and low market prices during the five most recent full financial years ended February 28/29 are as follows:

   
 
  DRWI.TO
Common Shares – TSX
  DRWI.NSDQ
Common Shares – NASDAQ
 
Annual
  High
  Low
  High
  Low
 
   

2013

    112.50     42.50     114.25     43.75  

2014

    92.00     28.25     89.50     27.00  

2015

    68.75     24.75     63.75     19.50  

2016

    28.00     2.00     22.50     1.50  

2017

    13.96     1.70     10.66     1.30  
   

        The ranges of our common shares on the TSX and NASDAQ for the quarterly high and low market prices during the two most recent full financial years ended February 28/29 are as follows:

   
 
  DRWI.TO
Common Shares – TSX
  DRWI.NSDQ
Common Shares – NASDAQ
 
 
  High
  Low
  High
  Low
 
   

Quarterly 2016

                         

First Quarter

    28.00     16.25     22.50     12.50  

Second Quarter

    20.00     6.50     16.00     4.75  

Third Quarter

    8.25     2.50     6.50     1.75  

Fourth Quarter

    5.75     2.00     4.25     1.50  

Quarterly 2017

                         

First Quarter

    13.96     2.70     10.66     1.85  

Second Quarter

    8.82     3.77     6.83     2.88  

Third Quarter

    6.56     2.68     4.93     2.06  

Fourth Quarter

    4.00     1.70     3.00     1.30  
   

77


Table of Contents

        The volume of trading and price ranges of our common shares on the TSX and NASDAQ for the last twelve months of the fiscal year ending February 28, 2017 are set out in the following table:

                         
   

    DRWI.TO
Common Shares – TSX
    DRWI.NSDQ
Common Shares – NASDAQ
 
       

Month

    Price Range
(CAD)
    Average Daily
Volume
    Price Range
(USD)
    Average Daily
Volume
 
   

March 2016

    2.70 – 6.28     12,355     1.85 – 4.99     135,090  
   

April 2016

    6.10 – 13.96     129,579     4.67 – 10.66     763,165  
   

May 2016

    4.54 – 7.75     23,239     3.51 – 6.23     105,852  
   

June 2016

    5.01 – 6.90     9,012     3.77 – 5.44     44,199  
   

July 2016

    4.75 – 8.82     29,239     3.68 – 6.83     148,675  
   

August 2016

    3.77 – 5.40     16,073     2.88 – 4.50     59,392  
   

September 2016

    3.18 – 4.05     4,913     2.40 – 3.10     28,625.38  
   

October 2016

    2.68 – 6.56     108,765     2.06 – 4.93     1,896,970  
   

November 2016

    3.83 – 5.11     22,980     2.85 – 3.80     168,271  
   

December 2016

    3.40 – 4.00     15,214     2.50 – 3.00     52,418  
   

January 2017

    2.03 – 3.95     42,453     1.55 – 3.00     110,971  
   

February 2017

    1.70 – 2.43     42,750     1.30 – 1.90     215,425  
   

ITEM 10.   Additional Information.

A.    Share Capital

        Not applicable.

B.    Memorandum and Articles of Association

Articles of Incorporation and By-laws

        The Company's Articles of Incorporation are on file with Corporations Canada under Corporation Number 351766-7. Our Articles of Incorporation and by-laws do not include a stated purpose and do not place any restrictions on the business that the Company may carry on.

Directors

        A director of our Company need not be a shareholder. In accordance with our by-laws and the CBCA, at least 25% of our directors must be residents of Canada. In order to serve as a director, a person must be a natural person at least 18 years of age, of sound mind and not bankrupt. Neither our Articles of Incorporation or by-laws, nor the CBCA, impose any mandatory retirement requirements for directors.

        Our by-laws and the CBCA authorize the directors from time to time to determine the remuneration for their services. There is no requirement for an independent quorum.

        A director who is a party to, or who is a director or officer of or has a material interest in any person who is a party to, a material contract or transaction or proposed material contract or transaction with our Company must disclose to the Company the nature and extent of his or her interest at the time and in the manner provided by the CBCA The CBCA prohibits such a director from voting on any resolution to approve the contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

    relates primarily to his or her remuneration as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or an affiliate;

78


Table of Contents

    is for indemnity or insurance for director's liability as permitted by the CBCA; or

    is with an affiliate.

        Our board of directors may, on behalf of the Company and without authorization of our shareholders:

    borrow money upon the credit of the Company;

    issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the Company; give a guarantee on behalf of the Company to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

    mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any property of the Company, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation of the Company.

        These borrowing powers may be varied by the Company's by-laws or its Articles of Incorporation. However, our by-laws and Articles of Incorporation do not contain any restrictions on or variations of these borrowing powers.

Common Shares

        Our Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of an unlimited number of common shares. They do not authorize the issuance of any other class of shares.

        The holders of the common shares of our Company are entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of the shareholders of our Company and have one vote for each common share held at all meetings of the shareholders of our Company. Our directors are elected at each annual meeting of shareholders and do not stand for re-election at staggered intervals.

        The Company may from time to time pay dividends on the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of the Company, as and when declared by our board of directors, from any assets properly applicable to the payment of dividends. The Company may pay a dividend by issuing fully paid common shares of the Company and, subject to the foregoing, the Company may pay a dividend in money or property. The board of directors shall not declare and the Company shall not pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (a) the Company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of the Company's assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes of shares.

        In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or other distribution of assets of the Company among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, subject to the prior rights of any other class of shares ranking senior to the common shares, the holders of common shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Company. The Company has not issued any shares which rank senior to the common shares.

        There are no redemption provisions and no liability for further capital calls associated with the Company's common shares.

Actions Necessary to Change Rights of Shareholders

        In order to change the rights of our shareholders, we would need to amend our Articles of Incorporation to effect the change. Such an amendment would require the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the shares cast at a duly called special meeting of shareholders. For certain amendments such as those creating of a class of preferred shares, a shareholder is entitled to dissent in respect of such a resolution amending our articles and, if the resolution is adopted and the Company implements such changes, demand payment of the fair value of its shares.

Meetings of Shareholders

        An annual meeting of shareholders is held each year for the purpose of considering the financial statements and reports, electing directors, appointing auditors and for the transaction of other business as may be brought before the meeting. The board of directors has the power to call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. A

79


Table of Contents

quorum at any meeting of shareholders shall be persons present not being less than two in number and holding or representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of issued and outstanding common shares of the Company.

        Notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders must be given not less than 21 days, nor more than 60 days, before the date of each meeting to each director, to the auditor and to each shareholder who at the close of business on the record date for notice is entered in the securities register as the holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at the meeting. Notice of meeting of shareholders called for any other purpose other than consideration of the minutes of an earlier meeting, financial statements and auditor's report, election of directors and reappointment of the incumbent auditor, must state the nature of the business in sufficient detail to permit the shareholder to form a reasoned judgment on and must state the text of any special resolution or by-law to be submitted to the meeting.

        The only persons entitled to be present at a meeting of shareholders are those entitled to vote, the directors of the Company and the auditor of the Company. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairman of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting. In circumstances where a court orders a meeting of shareholders, the court may direct how the meeting may be held, including who may attend the meeting.

Limitations on Right to Own Securities

        There is no limitation imposed by the laws of Canada or by the by-laws or Articles of Incorporation of the Company on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote the common shares, other than as provided in the Investment Canada Act. The Investment Canada Act may require review and approval by the Minister of Industry (Canada) of certain acquisitions of "control" of the Company by a "non-Canadian". The threshold for acquisitions of control is generally defined as being one-third or more of the voting shares of the Company. "Non-Canadian" generally means an individual who is not a Canadian citizen, or a corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture that is ultimately controlled by non-Canadian.

Change of Control

        There are no provisions in our by-laws or Articles of Incorporation that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving the Company. Our by-laws do not contain a provision governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

C.    Material Contracts

        The Original Master Acquisition Agreement is a material contract which was entered into in the financial year ended February 29, 2012, and, as noted above, this agreement has been superseded and replaced by the Amended and Restated Master Acquisition Agreement, particulars of which are set out above under "General Development of the Business – History & Business Developments – Mergers & Acquisitions and Joint Ventures".

        On June 1, 2012, we entered into an asset based credit facility with Comerica Bank and Export Development Canada. The credit facility matured on June 1, 2016. We entered into forbearance agreements on December 15, 2015, April 26, 2015, July 12, 2016 and October 12, 2016, the last of which expired on April 1, 2017. We have not yet come to agreement on a fifth forbearance agreement. We had drawn $17.0 million on the facility as at February 28, 2017 (February 29, 2016 – $22.2 million), and $1.8 million against our letter of credit facility (February 29, 2016 – $1.9 million). The original credit facility is secured by a first priority charge on all of our assets and our principal direct and indirect subsidiaries. The terms of the credit facility include other customary terms, conditions, covenants, representations and warranties. Credit availability is subject to ongoing compliance with borrowing covenants and short term assets on hand.

        The fourth forbearance agreement which was signed on October 12, 2016 identified new minimum covenant levels reflecting our revised financial plans. The forbearance agreement included a requirement to hold a minimum of $1.0 million at Comerica Bank, reduces the facility commitment from $40.0 million to $30.0 million,

80


Table of Contents

includes additional compliance requirements and implements more frequent monitoring. As part of this forbearance agreement, we agreed to issue warrants to purchase 375,000 common shares to the lenders at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. These warrants will expire five years from the date of issuance. We are in ongoing negotiations with our lending partners to put in place a new long term debt facility.

        Other than as described above, there are no other material contracts which were entered into in the financial years ended February 28, 2017 or February 29, 2016.

D.    Exchange Controls

        There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation, including foreign exchange controls, in Canada which may affect the export or import of capital or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of the Company's securities.

E.    Taxation

CERTAIN CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-RESIDENTS OF CANADA

        The following summary describes the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a purchaser who acquires, as a beneficial owner, common shares and who, at all relevant times, for the purposes of the application of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the"Tax Act") and the regulations thereunder, (1) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada; (2) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, the common shares in a business carried on in Canada; (3) deals at arm's length with us; (4) is not affiliated with us or a subsequent purchaser of the common shares; and (5) holds the common shares as capital property (a"Non-Resident Holder"). Generally, the common shares will be capital property to a Non-Resident Holder provided the Non-Resident Holder does not acquire or hold those common shares in the course of carrying on a business or as part of an adventure or concern in the nature of trade.

        Special rules, which are not discussed in this summary, may apply to a Non-Resident Holder that is an insurer that carries on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere.

        This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act, and counsel's understanding of the current administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency ("CRA") published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary takes into account all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the"Proposed Amendments") and assumes that all Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed. However, no assurances can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted as proposed, or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or administrative policy or assessing practice whether by legislative, regulatory, administrative or judicial action nor does it take into account tax legislation or considerations of any province, territory or foreign jurisdiction, which may differ from those discussed herein.

        This summary is of a general nature only and is not, and is not intended to be, legal or tax advice to A Non-Resident Holder. This summary is not exhaustive of all Canadian federal income tax considerations. Accordingly, Non-Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.

Currency Conversion

        Generally, for purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the common shares must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the exchange rates as determined in accordance with the Tax Act. The amount of dividends required to be included in the income of, and capital gains or capital losses realized by, a Non-Resident Holder may be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates.

Dividends

        Dividends paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited to a Non-Resident Holder by us will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25 per cent of the gross amount of the dividend, subject to any

81


Table of Contents

reduction in the rate of withholding to which the Non-Resident Holder is entitled under any applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Resident Holder is resident. For example, where the Non-Resident Holder is a U.S. resident entitled to benefits under the Canada-U.S. Income Tax Convention (1980) and is the beneficial owner of the dividends, the applicable rate of Canadian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15 per cent.

Dispositions

        A Non-Resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act on any capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of our common shares, unless the common share is or is deemed to be "taxable Canadian property" to the Non-Resident Holder for the purposes of the Tax Act and the Non-Resident Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Resident Holder is resident.

        Generally, provided the common shares are listed on a "designated stock exchange" as (defined in the Tax Act) (which includes the TSX and NASDAQ) at the time of disposition, the common shares will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder, unless at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition:(i)(a) the Non-Resident Holder, (b) persons with whom the Non-Resident Holder did not deal at arm's length, (c) partnerships in which the Non-Resident Holder or a person described in (b) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, or (d) the Non-Resident Holder together with such persons, owned 25% or more of our common shares, and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the common shares was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of: (a) real or immovable property situated in Canada, (b)"Canadian resources properties" (as defined in the Tax Act), (c)"timber resource properties" (as defined in the Tax Act), and (d) options in respect of, or interests in or for civil law rights in, property described in (a) to (c), whether or not such property exists. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our common shares may otherwise be deemed to be taxable Canadian property to a Non-Resident Holder for purposes of the Tax Act. Non-Resident Holders whose common shares constitute taxable Canadian property should consult with their own tax advisors.

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. HOLDERS

        This section describes the material United States federal income tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common shares. This summary addresses only persons or entities that are "U.S. holders" (as defined below). This summary is for general information purposes only and does not purport to be a complete analysis or listing of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may apply to a U.S. holder arising from or relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common shares. In addition, this summary does not take into account the individual facts and circumstances of any particular U.S. holder that may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to such U.S. holder. Accordingly, this summary is not intended to be, and should not be construed as, legal or U.S. federal income tax advice with respect to any U.S. holder. This summary does not address the U.S. state and local, U.S. federal estate and gift, or foreign tax consequences or the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code (as defined below). Each U.S. holder should consult its own financial advisor, legal counsel, or accountant regarding the U.S. federal income, U.S. state and local, and foreign tax consequences arising from and relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of common shares.

        This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a class of holders subject to special rules, including, but not limited to:

    U.S. holders that are tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, or other tax-deferred accounts;

    U.S. holders that are financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, or regulated investment companies;

    U.S. holders that are dealers in securities or currencies or U.S. holders that are traders in securities that elect to apply a mark-to-market accounting method;

    U.S. holders that have a "functional currency" other than the U.S. dollar;

82


Table of Contents

    U.S. holders that own common shares as part of a straddle, hedging transaction, conversion transaction, constructive sale, or other arrangement involving more than one position;

    U.S. holders who use common shares as security for a loan;

    U.S. holders that acquired common shares in connection with the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for services;

    U.S. holders that hold common shares other than as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code;

    U.S. expatriates or former residents of the U.S.; and

    U.S. holders that own (directly, indirectly, or by attribution) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of our outstanding shares.

        This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the"Code"), its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations under the Code, published rulings and court decisions, the Convention Between Canada and the United States of America with Respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital, signed September 26, 1980, as amended (the"Canada-U.S. Tax Convention"), all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not discuss the potential effects, whether adverse or beneficial, of any proposed legislation that, if enacted, could be applied on a retroactive basis.

        This summary is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service (the"IRS") and no rulings have been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matters discussed in this summary. In that regard, there can be no assurance that one or more of the tax considerations described in this summary will not be challenged by the IRS or a U.S. court.

        If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our common shares, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner (or member) will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership (or other entity). A partner in a partnership (or member of such other entity) holding our common shares should consult its tax advisor with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our common shares.

        You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of a common share and you are:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident (including a lawful permanent resident alien holding a green card) of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a federal, state or local court within the United States and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        The United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common shares can be very complex and, in certain cases, uncertain or potentially unfavorable to a U.S. holder. Accordingly, each prospective investor considering an acquisition of, or who acquires common shares is strongly urged to consult its own tax advisor with respect to the United States federal, state or local income and alternative minimum tax, United States federal estate or gift, or foreign tax consequences of such acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares in light of its own particular facts and circumstances.

83


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders

Taxation of Distributions

        Under the U.S. federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, a distribution of cash, if any, paid on a common share, including a constructive distribution, generally will be included in your gross income as a dividend (without reduction for any amounts withheld in respect of Canadian federal income tax) to the extent of our current or accumulated "earnings and profits" (as computed under United States federal income tax rules).

        If you are a non-corporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 23.8% (including the 3.8% tax on net investment income discussed below) provided that you hold our common shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to our common shares should be qualified dividend income provided that we are not a PFIC in the year the dividend is paid or the previous taxable year.

        You must include any Canadian tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive the withheld amount. The dividend is taxable to you when you receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar payments made, determined at the spot Canadian dollar/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

        To the extent that a distribution paid on our common shares is in excess of our current and accumulated "earnings and profits" (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), such distribution generally will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in our common shares, with any excess treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of the Shares.

        A U.S. holder that pays (whether directly or through withholding) Canadian income tax with respect to distributions by us generally will be entitled, at the election of such U.S. holder, to receive either a deduction or a credit for such Canadian income tax paid. Complex limitations apply to the foreign tax credit, including the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. holder's "foreign source" taxable income bears to such U.S. holder's worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. holder's various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either "foreign source" or "U.S. source." Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 20% tax rate.

        For foreign tax credit purposes, dividends will be income from sources outside the United States and will, depending on your circumstances, be either "passive category" or "general category" income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you. However, the amount of a distribution with respect to our common shares that is treated as a "dividend" may be lower for U.S. federal income tax purposes than it is for Canadian federal income tax purposes, potentially resulting in a reduced foreign tax credit allowance to a U.S. holder. The foreign tax credit rules are complex, and each U.S. holder should consult its own U.S. tax advisor regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

Taxation of Sale, Exchange or other Taxable Disposition

        Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your common shares, you will recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the United States dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in United States dollars, in your common shares. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if our common shares are held by you as capital assets. Any such gain or loss generally will be United States source income or

84


Table of Contents

loss for purposes of applying the United States foreign tax credit rules unless the gain is subject to tax in Canada and is re-sourced as "foreign source" under the Convention and such U.S. holder elects to treat such gain as "foreign source." Capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 23.8% (including the 3.8% tax on net investment income discussed below) where the U.S. holder has a holding period greater than one year. Deductions for capital losses are subject to limitations.

PFIC Rules

        If we are considered to be a PFIC, as that term is defined in Section 1297 of the Code, at any time during a U.S. holder's holding period, the following sections will generally describe the United States federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder in relation to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common shares.

        We generally will be regarded as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes if, for a taxable year, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income for such taxable year is passive income or (ii) on the basis of a quarterly average, 50% or more of the assets held by us either produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, based on the fair market value of such assets. "Passive income" includes, for example, dividends, interest, certain rents and royalties, certain gains from the sale of stock and securities, and certain gains from commodities transactions. If a foreign corporation (such as DragonWave) owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests described above as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation's income. In addition, under certain attribution rules, if we are a PFIC, U.S. holders will be deemed to own their proportionate share of the our subsidiaries which are PFICs (such subsidiaries referred to as "Subsidiary PFICs"), and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on (i) a distribution on the shares of a Subsidiary PFIC and (ii) a disposition of shares of a Subsidiary PFIC, both as if the holder directly held the shares of such Subsidiary PFIC.

        PFIC classification is fundamentally factual in nature, generally cannot be determined until the close of the taxable year in question, and is determined annually. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we have never been and will not become a PFIC for any taxable year during which U.S. holders hold common shares.

        In any given taxable year for which we are classified as a PFIC, during which a U.S. holder holds common shares, a U.S. holder would be subject to increased tax liability (possibly including a non-deductible interest charge) upon the sale or other disposition of our common shares or upon the receipt of certain distributions treated as "excess distributions," unless such U.S. holder elects to be taxed currently, by making a Mark-to-Market or a Qualified Electing Fund ("QEF") Election. An excess distribution generally would be any distribution to a U.S. holder with respect to common shares during a single taxable year over 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. holder with respect to our common shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, during such U.S. holder's holding period for our common shares. In addition, certain special, generally adverse rules would apply to our common shares if we are a PFIC. For example, under certain proposed Treasury regulations, a "disposition" for this purpose may include, under certain circumstances, transfers at death, gifts, pledges, transfers pursuant to tax-deferred reorganizations and other transactions with respect to which gain ordinarily would not be recognized. In addition, if we are treated as a PFIC, dividends paid by us will not be eligible for taxation at the preferential tax rates described above under the heading "Taxation of Distributions".

        If a U.S. holder owns our common shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, such U.S. holder must also file IRS Form 8621 regardless of whether such holder makes a Mark-to-Market or QEF Election.

        Under the PFIC rules:

    the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the applicable holding period for your common shares;

    the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income;

    the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and

85


Table of Contents

    the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. A U.S. holder that is not a corporation must treat such interest as non-deductible personal interest.

        If we were a PFIC, a U.S. holder might be able to make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to our common shares to mitigate some of these adverse tax consequences. A U.S. holder that holds stock of a PFIC generally may make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to its stock if the stock constitutes "marketable stock". Marketable stock is stock that is regularly traded (other than in de minimis quantities) on a U.S. or non-U.S. exchange or other market that the U.S. Treasury Department determines has trading, listing, financial disclosure, and other rules adequate to carry out the purposes of the Mark-to-Market Election. The common shares should constitute marketable stock with respect to which a Mark-to-Market Election could be made. In such case, a U.S. holder would generally include as ordinary income or loss the difference between the fair market value of our common shares at the end of the taxable year and the adjusted tax basis of our common shares (but loss could only be included to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the Mark-to-Market Election). If a U.S. holder made the election, the U.S. holder's tax basis in our common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common shares would be treated as ordinary income. A U.S. holder should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and advisability of making a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to our common shares in their particular circumstances in the event the Company is or becomes a PFIC. A Mark-to-Market Election would not be available for any Subsidiary PFIC.

        The QEF Election, if available, generally would allow a U.S. holder to avoid the consequences of the PFIC rules but would require such holder to include its pro rata share of the Company's ordinary income and net capital gain in income currently, whether or not distributed. However, the Company does not intend to provide

        U.S. holders with such information as may be required to make a QEF Election effective in the event it is a PFIC.

        The PFIC rules are complex and in certain cases, uncertain. Each U.S. holder is strongly urged to consult its tax advisor regarding application and operation of the PFIC rules, including the availability and advisability of, and procedure for, making the Mark-to-Market and/or QEF Elections.

Additional Tax on Passive Income

        Certain individuals, estates and trusts whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare surtax on "net investment income" including, among other things, dividends and net gain from disposition of property (other than property held in certain trades or businesses). U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of common shares.

Withholding Requirements Relating to Foreign Accounts

        Withholding taxes may apply to certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" (as specially defined under applicable rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, common shares paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial foreign entity, unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain United States persons or United States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders.

        The IRS has issued administrative guidance providing that the withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends on common shares made on or after July 1, 2014, and to payments of

86


Table of Contents

gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of such shares on or after January 1, 2017. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding these withholding provisions.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Under U.S. federal income tax law and Treasury regulations, certain categories of U.S. holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a foreign corporation. Penalties for failure to file certain of these information returns are substantial. U.S. holders who acquire or hold common shares should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing information returns, and if applicable, any Mark-to-Market Election or QEF Election.

        If the holder is a non-corporate U.S. holder, then payments to it made within the United States, or by a United States payor or United States middleman, of dividends on or proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of common shares, and/or proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of common shares, generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (currently at the rate of 28%), where such U.S. holder fails to furnish its correct United States taxpayer identification number (generally on IRS Form W-9), and to make certain certifications, or otherwise fails to establish an exemption from backup withholding. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a U.S. holder generally may be refunded (or credited against its United States federal income tax liability, if any) provided the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the backup withholding tax.

F.    Dividends and Paying Agents

        Not applicable.

G.    Statements by Experts

        Not applicable.

H.    Documents on Display

        The documents referred to and/or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report can be obtained free of charge upon request from Investor Relations at the Company's head office located at 411 Legget Drive, Suite 600, Ottawa, Ontario, K2K 3C9, Canada.

        We are required to file financial statements and other information with the securities regulatory authorities electronically through the Canadian System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR), which can be viewed at www.sedar.com.

        We are subject to the informational requirements of the U.S. Exchange Act and files reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any of the Company's reports and other information at, and obtain copies upon payment of prescribed fees from, the Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., U.S., 20549. In addition, the SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

I.    Subsidiary Information

        Not applicable.

87


Table of Contents


ITEM 11.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Interest rate risk

        Cash, cash equivalents and our debt facility, which has interest rates with market rate fluctuations, expose us to interest rate risk on these financial instruments. Net interest expense, excluding deferred financing costs, recognized during the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 was $0.4 million and $1.4 million on our cash, cash equivalents and debt facility (three and twelve months ended February 29, 2016 – expense of $0.4 million and $2.0 million).

Credit risk

        In addition to trade receivables and other receivables, we are exposed to credit risk on our cash and cash equivalents in the event that our counterparties do not meet their obligations. We do not use credit derivatives or similar instruments to mitigate this risk and, as such, the maximum exposure is the full carrying value or fair value of the financial instrument. We minimize credit risk on cash and cash equivalents by transacting with only reputable financial institutions and customers.

Foreign exchange risk

        Foreign exchange risk arises because of fluctuations in exchange rates. To mitigate exchange risk, we may utilize forward contracts to secure exchange rates with the objective of offsetting fluctuations in our operating expenses incurred in foreign currencies with gains or losses on the forward contracts. As at February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, we had no forward contracts in place. All foreign currency gains and losses related to forward contracts are included in foreign exchange gain (loss) in the consolidated statement of operations.

        As of February 28, 2017, if the U.S. dollar had appreciated 1% against all foreign currencies, with all other variables held constant, the impact of this foreign currency change on our foreign denominated financial instruments would have resulted in a $43 thousand decrease in after tax net loss for the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017 (three and twelve months ended February 29, 2016 – increase of $27 thousand) with an equal and opposite effect if the U.S. dollar had depreciated 1% against all foreign currencies at February 28, 2017.

ITEM 12.    Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities.

A.    Debt Securities

        Not applicable.

B.    Warrants and Rights

        Not applicable.

C.    Other Securities

        Not applicable.

D.    American Depositary Shares

        Not applicable.

88


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

        None.

ITEM 14.    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

A.
Not applicable.

B.
Not applicable.

C.
Not applicable.

D.
Not applicable.

E.    Use of Proceeds

2017 Offering

        On March 17, 2017 we completed an at-the-market registered direct offering and a concurrent private placement to institutional investors in the United States. Under the terms of the offering, we issued and sold 1,198,666 Common Shares at $1.50 for aggregate gross proceeds of $1.79 million. The total net proceeds after deducting commission and expenses was $1.6 million. Concurrently in a private placement, we issued warrants to purchase 599,333 Common Shares at an exercise price of $1.50, which are not exercisable for six months and one day from issuance and which will expire five and a half years from the date of issuance.

August 2016 Offering

        On August 8, 2016, we completed a public offering previously announced on August 3, 2016. The common shares were offered (the "Registered Offering") by us pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-212428), which was declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on August 2, 2016 (the "Registration Statement"). Under the terms of the offering, we issued and sold 1,760,880 Class A units at $3.35 and 30,164 Class B units at $3.34, for aggregate gross proceeds of $6.0 million. Concurrent with the underwritten public offering in the United States, we issued an additional 63,000 Class A Units on a private placement basis to purchasers in Canada for additional gross proceeds of $0.2 million. The total net proceeds after deducting commission and expenses was $5.5 million. Each Class A unit consisted of one common share, one five-year warrant (the "Long-Term Warrant") to purchase one common share and two six-month warrants (the "Short-Term Warrant"). Each Class B unit consisted of a pre-funded warrant (the "Pre-Funded Warrant") to purchase one common share, one Long-Term Warrant and two Short-Term Warrants. The Long-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.37 per share, are exercisable immediately and will expire on August 8, 2021. The Short-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share, are exercisable immediately and expired on February 8, 2017. The Pre-Funded Warrants are exercisable immediately with no expiration date, are deemed purchased for a price of $3.34 per underlying common share by virtue of purchasing a Class B Unit and have an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The Pre Funded Warrants were fully exercised on August 25, 2016.

April 2016 Offering

        On April 6, 2016, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with certain institutional investors (the "Purchasers") providing for the issuance and sale by us of 599,998 common shares and a price per share equal to US$7.25. The shares were being offered (the "Registered Offering") by us pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-209969), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on March 14, 2016 (the "Registration Statement"). In a concurrent private placement (the "Private Placement" and, together with the Registered Offering, the "Offerings"), we issued warrants to purchase 299,999 common shares at an exercise price of US$8.50 per share. The warrants are exercisable six months and one day after the date of issuance and expire five years from the date of issuance. The net proceeds of the Offerings is US$4.09 million, after placement agent

89


Table of Contents

fees and estimated Offering expenses payable by us, and excluding any proceeds we may receive upon exercise of the warrants.

2014 Offering

        On August 1, 2014 we completed the 2014 Offering. Under the terms of the 2014 Offering, we issued and sold 15,927,500 2014 Units at CAD$1.80 per 2014 Unit for aggregate gross proceeds of $26.2 million (CAD$28.7 million). After deducting commissions and expenses, we realized net proceeds of $24.0 million. Each 2014 Unit consisted of one common share of the Company and one half of one 2014 Warrant. Each whole 2014 Warrant originally entitled the holder to purchase one of our common shares at an exercise price of CAD$2.25 per share until August 1, 2016. Upon issuance, we recognized a liability in the amount of $2.6 million for the 2014 Warrants. The shelf registration statement was declared effective on August 29, 2013. The file number is 333-190674. The 2014 Offering had CIBC acting as the sole book-runner for the offering and H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC acting as lead manager (together, the "underwriters").

2013 Offering

        On September 23, 2013, pursuant to the 2013 Offering, we issued 11,910,000 common shares and 8,932,500 2013 Warrants for proceeds, before deducting fees and expenses, of approximately $25.0 million. After deducting fees and expenses, we realized net proceeds of $22.4 million. The 2013 Units were offered at a price of $2.10 per 2013 Unit. Each 2013 Unit consisted of one common share and three quarters of one 2013 Warrant. Each whole 2013 Warrant originally entitled the holder to purchase one common share at an exercise price of $2.70 per share until September 23, 2018, subject to certain adjustments. In connection with the 2014 Offering, and pursuant to the terms of such warrants, the exercise price of the 2013 Warrants issued in the 2013 Offering was changed to $1.30 per share. As at September 23, 2013 we recognized a liability in the amount of $6.4 million for the 2013 Warrants. The shelf registration statement was declared effective on August 29, 2013. The file number is 333-190674. The 2013 Offering had Canaccord Genuity acting as the sole book running manager.

Use of Proceeds

        Proceeds from the 2017 Offering, 2016 Offerings, 2014 Offering and 2013 Offering were used to fund the operations of the business.

ITEM 15.    Controls and Procedures.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        At the end of the period covered by this Annual Report for the year ended February 28, 2017 and up to June 8, 2017, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision of, and with the participation of, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and Chief Financial Officer, or CFO, which are our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as at February 28, 2017 to give reasonable assurance that the information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act and/or applicable Canadian securities legislation is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's as well as in accordance with applicable Canadian securities legislation rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as well as National

90


Table of Contents

Instrument 52-109 of the Canadian Securities Administrators. These controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer, our CEO, and principal financial officer, our CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective and that there are no material weaknesses in the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of February 28, 2017.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        During the period covered by this Annual Report, no changes occurred in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16.    RESERVED

ITEM 16A.    Audit Committee Financial Expert.

Audit Committee

        We have a separately designated standing Audit Committee established in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act and NASDAQ Rule 5605(c)(2). Our Audit Committee is composed of Lori O'Neill (Chair), Claude Haw, and Cesar Cesaratto, each of whom, in the opinion of the directors, is financially literate and independent as determined under National Instrument 52-110 (Audit Committees) ("NI 52-110"), Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2).

        The Audit Committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities for oversight of financial and accounting matters. In addition to recommending the auditors to be nominated and reviewing the compensation of the auditors, the Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the work of the auditors and pre-approving non-audit services. The Audit Committee also reviews our annual and interim financial statements and news releases containing information taken from our financial statements prior to their release. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the acceptability and quality of our financial reporting and accounting standards and principles and any proposed material changes to them or their application.

        The Audit Committee has a published charter, which is available at www.sedar.com and on our website, www.dragonwaveinc.com.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

        Our board of directors has determined that each of Lori O'Neill and Claude Haw qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of the SEC's rules and each of the members of the Audit Committee is independent as determined under Exchange Act Rule 10A-3 and NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2).

ITEM 16B.    Code of Ethics.

        We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the"Code of Ethics") that is applicable to each of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller. Our Code of Ethics is available at on our website at www.dragonwaveinc.com.

        Any amendments to our Code of Ethics, and all waivers of the Code of Ethics with respect to any of the officers covered by it, will be posted on our website within four business days of such amendment or waiver and shall be provided in print to any shareholder who requests them.

        There have been no waivers or implicit waivers to the Code of Ethics during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2017.

91


Table of Contents


ITEM 16C.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

        The following table sets out the fees billed to us by EY LLP and its affiliates for professional services for the year ended February 28, 2017 and the year ended February 29, 2016. During these years, EY LLP was our only external auditor.

        The aggregate fees billed by EY LLP were as follows:

   
  Year Ended
February 28, 2017
  Year Ended
February 29, 2016
 
 

Audit Fees

  $ 289,900   $ 289,129  
 

Audit Related Fees

  $ 45,715   $ 1,600  
 

Tax Fees

  $ 93,130   $ 84,366  
 

All Other Fees

  $   $ 39,364  
             
 

TOTAL

  $ 428,745   $ 414,459  


PRE-APPROVAL OF AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES PROVIDED BY
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

        In addition to recommending the auditors to be nominated and reviewing the compensation of the auditors, the Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the work of the auditors and pre-approving non-audit services. As a matter of practice, the Audit Committee, and/or the Audit Committee Chairman acting on behalf of the Audit Committee, will generally pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our external auditors. None of the fees reported above under the heading "Part II – Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services" that were paid to Ernst & Young LLP were approved by our Audit Committee pursuant to the de minimis exception provided by Section (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

ITEM 16D.    Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

        Not applicable.

ITEM 16E.    Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

        On April 9, 2010, the Toronto Stock Exchange (the"TSX") accepted the Company's notice of intention to repurchase up to 3,508,121 common shares (10 percent of the Company's issued and outstanding common shares) through a normal course issuer bid ("NCIB"). The NCIB was effective April 13, 2010 and expired April 12, 2011. Daily purchases over the facilities of the NASDAQ were limited to 25% of the average daily trading volume of the common shares on NASDAQ other than pursuant to block purchase exemptions. Daily purchases over the facilities of the TSX were limited to 25% of the average daily trading volume of the common shares on TSX other than pursuant to block purchase exemptions. Except in the case of an exempt purchase, the prices that the Company paid for the common shares purchased was the market price of the shares at the time of acquisition.

        During fiscal year 2011, the Company acquired 1,865,549 common shares pursuant to the NCIB at prevailing market prices. These shares were purchased for cancellation at an aggregate cost of $10.7 million of which $9.0 million was charged to share capital, based on the historical weighted per share value at the date of purchase, and the balance of $1.7 million was charged to deficit.

ITEM 16F.    Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant.

        Not applicable.

ITEM 16G.    Corporate Governance.

        Our common shares are quoted for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol DRWI. NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5615(a)(3) permits a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of certain of the requirements of the Rule 5600 Series. A foreign private issuer that follows a home country

92


Table of Contents

practice in lieu of one or more provisions of the Rule 5600 Series is required to disclose in its annual report filed with the SEC, or on its website, each requirement of the Rule 5600 Series that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed by the issuer in lieu of such NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

        We do not follow Marketplace Rule 5620(c), but instead follow our home country practice. The NASDAQ minimum quorum requirement under Rule 5620(c) for a meeting of shareholders is 33.33% of the outstanding common shares. In addition, Rule 5620(c) requires that an issuer listed on NASDAQ state its quorum requirement in its governing documents. Our quorum requirement is set forth in our by-laws. A quorum for a meeting of our shareholders is two persons present in person or by proxy who, in the aggregate, hold at least 25% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting. The foregoing is consistent with the laws, customs and practices in Canada and the rules of the Toronto Stock Exchange.

ITEM 16H.    Mine Safety Disclosure.

        Not applicable.

93


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 17.    Financial Statements.

        We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

ITEM 18.    Financial Statements.

        The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for the years ended February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016 including the reports of our independent registered public accounting firm thereon are set forth beginning on page F-1.

94


Table of Contents

COVER

F-1


Table of Contents


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT OF REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders of
DragonWave Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of DragonWave Inc., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016 and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in equity (deficiency) for each of the years in the two-year period ended February 28, 2017, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management's responsibility for the consolidated financial statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors' responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors' judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

        We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DragonWave Inc. as at February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended February 28, 2017 in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Emphasis of matter

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Ottawa, Canada
May 26, 2017

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

F-2


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Expressed in US$000's except share amounts

 
  Note   As at
February 28,
2017
  As at
February 29,
2016
 

Assets

                   

Current Assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    4     4,073     4,277  

Trade receivables

    5     11,876     18,986  

Inventory

    6     21,415     22,702  

Other current assets

    7     1,791     2,777  
                 

          39,155     48,742  

Long-term Assets

                   

Property and equipment

    8     2,517     3,702  

Intangible assets

    9     336     623  
                 

          2,853     4,325  
                 

Total Assets

    11     42,008     53,067  
                 

Liabilities

                   

Current Liabilities

                   

Debt facility

    11     17,030     22,152  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    10     25,206     23,832  

Deferred revenue

          539     1,944  

Deferred tax liability

    19     148     294  

Warrant liability

    12, 16         117  
                 

          42,923     48,339  

Long-term Liabilities

                   

Deferred revenue

          435     498  

Warrant liability

    12, 16     1,090     3  
                 

          1,525     501  

Commitments and contingencies

    14              

Shareholders' Equity (Deficiency)

                   

Capital stock

    12     229,995     221,128  

Contributed surplus

    12     10,503     9,235  

Deficit

          (234,113 )   (218,225 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

          (9,618 )   (9,618 )
                 

Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficiency)

          (3,233 )   2,520  

Non-controlling interest

    3     793     1,707  
                 

Total Equity (Deficiency)

          (2,440 )   4,227  
                 

Total Liabilities and Equity (Deficiency)

          42,008     53,067  
                 

Shares issued and outstanding

    12     7,305,219     3,020,069  

 


(Signed) CLAUDE HAW
Director

 

(Signed) LORI O'NEILL
Director

See Note 1: Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation and Going Concern
See accompanying notes

F-3


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

 
   
  Twelve months ended  
 
  Note   February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

REVENUE

                   

Hardware and other

    17, 18     32,742     70,491  

Services

    17, 18     11,174     15,804  
                 

          43,916     86,295  
                 

COST OF SALES

                   

Hardware and other

    6     25,672     58,991  

Services

    6     5,477     8,917  

Inventory provision

    6     953     4,416  
                 

          32,102     72,324  
                 

Gross profit

          11,814     13,971  
                 

EXPENSES

                   

Research and development

    8, 12     7,825     13,406  

Selling and marketing

    8, 12     7,363     10,572  

General and administrative

    5, 8, 12     12,734     13,798  
                 

          27,922     37,776  
                 

Loss before other items

          (16,108 )   (23,805 )

Goodwill impairment

              (11,927 )

Restructuring costs

              (1,549 )

Amortization of deferred financing cost

    11     (442 )    

Amortization of intangible assets

    9     (369 )   (577 )

Accretion expense

          (102 )   (205 )

Interest expense

    11, 16     (1,464 )   (2,014 )

Warrant issuance expenses

          (561 )    

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    12     4,242     1,119  

Foreign exchange loss

          (110 )   (331 )
                 

Loss before income taxes

          (14,914 )   (39,289 )
                 

Income tax expense

    19     783     2,275  
                 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

          (15,697 )   (41,564 )

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

          (191 )   (740 )
                 

Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to shareholders

          (15,888 )   (42,304 )
                 

Net loss and comprehensive loss per share

                   

Basic and diluted

    13     (3.26 )   (14.01 )

Weighted average shares outstanding

                   

Basic and diluted

    13     4,879,738     3,019,259  

   

See Note 1: Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation and Going Concern
See accompanying notes

F-4


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Expressed in US$000's

 
   
  Twelve months ended  
 
  Note   February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Operating activities

                   

Net loss

          (15,697 )   (41,564 )

Items not affecting cash

                   

Goodwill impairment

              11,927  

Amortization of deferred financing cost

    11     442      

Amortization of property and equipment

    8     1,791     1,931  

Amortization of intangible assets

    9     369     577  

Accretion expense

          102     205  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    12     (4,242 )   (1,119 )

Stock-based compensation

    12     750     988  

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

          114     485  

Deferred income tax expense

          (146 )   1,841  
                 

          (16,517 )   (24,729 )

Changes in non-cash working capital items

    15     9,344     18,236  
                 

          (7,173 )   (6,493 )
                 

Investing activities

                   

Acquisition of property and equipment

          (606 )   (1,311 )

Acquisition of intangible assets

          (82 )   (406 )
                 

          (688 )   (1,717 )
                 

Financing activities

                   

Repayments on capital lease obligation

          (55 )   (507 )

Proceeds from debt facility

    11         1,300  

Repayment of debt facility

    11     (5,122 )   (11,548 )

Dividend paid to non-controlling interest in DW-HFCL

    3     (1,105 )    

Issuance of warrants

    12     5,809      

Issuance of common shares, net

          8,244     35  
                 

          7,771     (10,720 )
                 

Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

          (114 )   (485 )

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

         
(204

)
 
(19,415

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

         
4,277
   
23,692
 
                 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

         
4,073
   
4,277
 
                 

Cash paid during the period for interest

         
1,320
   
2,335
 
                 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

          1,061     522  
                 

   

See Note 1: Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation and Going Concern
See accompanying notes

F-5


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

Expressed in US$000's except share amounts

 
  Common
Shares
  Capital
Stock
  Contributed
Surplus
  Deficit   AOCL   Non-controlling
Interest
  Equity
(Deficiency)
 

Balance as at February 28, 2015

    3,011,632   $ 220,952   $ 8,388   $ (175,921 ) $ (9,618 ) $ 967   $ 44,768  
                               

Stock-based compensation

            988                 988  

Exercise of restricted share units

    2,400     133     (133 )                

Share issuance — ESPP

    6,037     43     (8 )               35  

Net income (loss)

                (42,304 )       740     (41,564 )
                               

Balance as at February 29, 2016

    3,020,069   $ 221,128   $ 9,235   $ (218,225 ) $ (9,618 ) $ 1,707   $ 4,227  
                               

Stock-based compensation

            750                 750  

Share issuance

    2,423,878     4,232                     4,232  

Exercise of pre-funded warrants

    30,164                          

Exercise of warrants

    1,811,578     4,562                     4,562  

Exercise of options

    18,220     69     (26 )               43  

Share issuance — ESPP

    1,310     4                     4  

Fair value of warrants to Comerica

            544                 544  

Dividend paid to non-controlling interest in DW-HFCL

                        (1,105 )   (1,105 )

Net income (loss)

                (15,888 )       191     (15,697 )
                               

Balance as at February 28, 2017

    7,305,219   $ 229,995   $ 10,503   $ (234,113 ) $ (9,618 ) $ 793   $ (2,440 )
                               

   

See Note 1: Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation and Going Concern
See accompanying notes

F-6


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND GOING CONCERN

        DragonWave Inc. [the "Company"], incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act in February 2000, is a provider of high-capacity packet microwave solutions that drive next-generation IP networks.

        The Company's common shares are traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the trading symbol DRWI and on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol DRWI.

        These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries: DragonWave Corp., incorporated in the state of Delaware, USA; DragonWave PTE. LTD., incorporated in Singapore; DragonWave S.à r.l., incorporated in Luxembourg; DragonWave Telecommunication Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., incorporated in China; DragonWave Mexico S.A. de C.V., incorporated in Mexico; Axerra Networks Asia Pacific Limited, incorporated in Hong Kong; DragonWave India Private Limited, incorporated in India; and DragonWave Inc.'s majority owned subsidiary, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited, incorporated in India. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

        The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in United States dollars following United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ["U.S. GAAP"].

        The consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 28, 2017 have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the disbursement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business in the foreseeable future. The Company has a history of losses and has consumed significant cash resources in the past, and has continued to do so in the year ended February 28, 2017. During the last two fiscal years, additional pressure has been placed on the Company's liquidity position as a result of reduced revenue from a significant Original Equipment Manufacturer ["OEM"] channel and a dispute over inventory shipped to a customer in India in June 2015.

        The Company has been able to make progress in restructuring the business. This progress includes the following highlights:

Operational improvements:

    Selected by Sprint for its network densification and optimization strategy;

    Improved the gross profit percentage in fiscal year 2017 to 26.9% from 16.2% in fiscal year 2016;

    Reduced operating expenses by 26% in the twelve months of fiscal year 2017 compared to the same period in the previous year primarily through reduction in staff levels internationally;

Debt Facility:

    Reduced outstanding debt on the Company's credit facility by $5,122 and $10,248 in the twelve months ending February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016, respectively, by leveraging its working capital;

New Capital:

    Raised $9,502 in cash (net of commissions and expenses) with a public offering in August 2016 and a registered direct offering in April 2016 which in both cases included common shares and warrants;

    Received $4,180 in cash from the exercise of warrants during the twelve months ended February 28, 2017;

F-7


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND GOING CONCERN (Continued)

Other:

    Initiated arbitration proceedings to seek resolution to its customer dispute in India.

        Despite the progress identified above, the Company remains in breach of the original terms of its debt facility, and has not yet been able to achieve a quarterly break-even level. See Note 11 for further details on the debt facility. The continued consumption of cash has raised substantial doubt about DragonWave Inc.'s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans to restructure the business, improve its financial results and overcome these difficulties include initiatives in a number of areas, including:

    Targeting its sales efforts to direct and indirect opportunities in markets with higher gross margins, and lower working capital requirements;

    Adjusting its business focus and resources away from Nokia in order to support new sales channels;

    Renegotiating the terms of existing debt facilities, or finding new debt providers;

    Actively investigating and pursuing alternative forms of financing;

    Seeking to reduce fixed and variable operating expenses further, by tightly controlling discretionary spending and headcount growth;

    Continuing to collect accounts receivable from customers in a timely manner;

    Reducing inventory levels in both raw material and finished goods inventory;

    Working closely with vendors to ensure supply continuity; and

    Investigating strategic and financial alternatives that may be available including a potential sale of the Company, alternative debt and equity, and business combinations.

        In addition, the Company no longer complies with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) due to its failure to maintain a minimum of $2,500 in shareholders' equity or any alternatives to such requirement, and was granted an extension to April 17, 2017 to remedy the deficiency. The Company did not regain compliance and has requested a hearing before the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Panel to request a further extension. There can be no assurance that the Panel will ultimately grant an extension of the compliance period. Continued listing of its common shares on the Nasdaq increases the Company's ability to raise additional capital in the future. Trading of the Company's securities under the symbol "DRWI" on the Toronto Stock Exchange, the Company's primary listing, is not impacted by this decision.

        These plans may be difficult to achieve. They are dependent on a number of key assumptions including the timing of significant new customer projects, success in arbitration with the customer located in India, and accommodations from the Company's suppliers and credit lenders. It is possible that the plans described above may not be fully executed or may occur too slowly to solve the Company's current liquidity concerns. There can be no assurance that the existing financing facility can be renegotiated or that any other forms of financing can be arranged on satisfactory terms. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the accounts and classification of assets and liabilities that may be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern. Such adjustments could be material.

F-8


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of accounting estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company's management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent amounts of assets and liabilities as at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods presented. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management.

        The following includes estimates by management: allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory allocations, inventory provisions, accrued liabilities, warranty provisions, warrant liability, property and equipment amortization, tax valuation allowance, impairment of long-lived assets, vendor specific objective evidence, estimated selling price and estimated returns as it relates to revenue recognition, and stock-based compensation.

        These estimates and assumptions are based on management's historical experience, best knowledge of current events and conditions and actions that the Company may undertake in the future. Certain of these estimates require subjective or complex judgments by management about matters that are uncertain and changes in those estimates could materially impact the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

Foreign currency translation

        The Company's operations and balances denominated in foreign currencies, including those of its foreign subsidiaries that are primarily a direct and integral component or extension of the Company's operations, are translated into US dollars ["USD"] using the following: monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the period end exchange rate, non-monetary assets are translated at the historical exchange rate, and revenue and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate. Gains or losses resulting from the translation adjustments are included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Revenue recognition

        The Company derives revenue from the sale of broadband wireless backhaul equipment, which includes embedded software and a license to use said software and extended product warranties. Software is considered to be incidental to the product. Services range from installation and training to basic consulting. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and there are no significant remaining vendor obligations, collection of receivables is reasonably assured and the fee is fixed and determinable. Where conditions to final acceptance of the product are specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until acceptance criteria have been met.

        The Company's sales agreements may also contain multiple elements. Accordingly, the Company is required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, the fair value of these separate units of accounting and when to recognize revenue for each element. For arrangements involving multiple elements, the Company allocates revenues to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence ["VSOE"] if available, third party evidence ["TPE"] if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price ["ESP"] if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. In multiple element arrangements, revenues are allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the deliverables using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement based on the aforementioned selling price hierarchy. The Company has determined the selling price for both the undelivered items and the delivered items using ESP.

F-9


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The Company generates revenue through direct sales and sales to distributors. The Company defers the recognition of a portion of sales to distributors based on estimated sales return and stock rotation granted to customers on products in the same period the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, stock rotations and other known factors.

        Revenue from engineering services or development agreements is recognized according to the specific terms and acceptance criteria as services are rendered.

        Revenue associated with extended warranty and advanced replacement warranty is recognized ratably over the life of the contracted service.

        The Company accrues estimated potential product liability as warranty costs when revenue on the sale of equipment is recognized. Warranty liability is estimated based on recent actual return experience and repair costs. Where product defects have been identified that would cause the cost or warranty experience to change, additional warranty costs are recognized.

        Shipping and handling costs borne by the Company are recorded in cost of sales. Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are recorded as revenue, if billed at the time of shipment. Costs charged to customers after delivery are recorded in cost of sales.

Cash and cash equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Financial instruments

        The Company classifies its financial instruments as assets held at fair value, loans and receivables, other financial liabilities, or liabilities held at fair value. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial instruments were acquired, their characteristics and management's intent. Management determines the classification of financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition and the classification is not changed subsequent to initial recognition.

        The Company designated its cash and cash equivalents and foreign exchange contracts as assets held at fair value, which are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value being recorded in net earnings. Trade receivables and other receivables have been classified as loans and receivables which are measured at amortized cost. Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and the debt facility have been classified as other financial liabilities, which are measured at amortized cost. Liabilities held at fair value include the warrant liability, which is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value being recorded in net loss.

        Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets are recorded in net loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Inventory

        Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value ["NRV"]. The cost of inventory is calculated on a standard cost basis, which approximates weighted average actual cost. NRV is determined as the market value for finished goods, replacement cost for raw materials, and finished goods market value less cost to complete for work in progress inventory.

F-10


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and records an impairment for excess and obsolete inventory based on factors including its estimated forecast of product demand, the stage of the product life cycle and production requirements for the units in question.

        Indirect manufacturing costs and direct labour expenses are allocated systematically to the total production inventory.

        The Company carries inventory for the purposes of supporting its product warranty. Standard warranty is typically 13 to 36 months, but the Company earns revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the standard warranty period. Customer service inventory consists of both component parts and finished units.

Income taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the tax and accounting basis of assets and liabilities as well as for the benefit of losses available to be carried forward to future years for tax purposes that are more likely than not to be realized. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company provides a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets when it believes that it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized.

        The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that an uncertain tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. The tax benefit of any uncertain tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is calculated as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon successful resolution. To the extent a full benefit is not expected to be realized, an income tax liability is effectively established. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense.

        Management periodically reviews the Company's provision for income taxes and valuation allowance to determine whether the overall tax estimates are reasonable. When management performs its assessments of the provision and valuation allowance, it may be determined that an adjustment is required. This adjustment may have a material impact on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

Property and equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the anticipated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Test equipment, research and development equipment

  4 - 5 years

Computer hardware

  2 years

Production fixtures

  3 years

Leasehold improvements

  5 years

Other

  3 - 5 years

Intangible assets

        Intangible assets include software and are amortized over their estimated useful life of between 2 and 3 years.

F-11


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Impairment of long-lived assets

        The Company reviews long-lived assets ["LLA"] such as property, equipment and intangible assets with finite useful lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. These events and circumstances may include significant decreases in the market price of an asset or asset group, significant changes in the extent or manner in which an asset or asset group is being used by the Company or in its physical condition, a significant change in legal factors or in the business climate, a history or forecast of future operating or cash flow losses, significant disposal activity, a significant decline in the Company's share price, a significant decline in revenue or adverse changes in the economic environment.

        The LLA impairment requires the Company to identify its asset groups and test impairment of each asset group separately. To conduct the LLA impairment test, the asset group is tested for recoverability using undiscounted cash flows over the remaining useful life of the primary asset. If forecasted net cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment charge is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset group to its carrying value. Determining the Company's asset groups and related primary assets requires significant judgment by management. Different judgments could yield different results.

        When indicators of impairment exist, LLA impairment is tested using a two-step process. The Company performs a cash flow recoverability test as the first step, which involves comparing the asset group's estimated undiscounted future cash flows to the carrying amount of its net assets. If the net cash flows of the asset group exceed the carrying amount of its net assets, LLA are not considered to be impaired. If the carrying amount exceeds the net cash flows, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step of the LLA impairment test is performed to measure the impairment amount. The second step involves determining the fair value of the asset group. Fair values are determined using valuation techniques that are in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including the market approach, income approach and cost approach. If the carrying amount of the asset group's net assets exceeds the fair value of the Company, then the excess represents the maximum amount of potential impairment that will be allocated to the asset group, with the limitation that the carrying value of each separable asset cannot be reduced to a value lower than its individual fair value. The total impairment amount allocated is recognized as a non-cash impairment loss.

        The Company reviews any changes in events and circumstances that have occurred on a quarterly basis to determine if indicators of LLA impairment exist.

Share-based compensation plan and employee share purchase plan

        The Company accounts for stock options granted to employees using the fair value method calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In accordance with the fair value method, the Company recognizes estimated compensation expense related to stock options over the vesting period of the options granted, with the related credit being charged to contributed surplus. The Company estimates the volatility at the date of grant based on the volatility of a group of comparator companies.

        The employee share purchase plan includes provisions to allow employees to purchase common shares. The Company will match the employees' contribution at a rate of 25%. Proceeds from employees are received and the cost of the matching shares is recorded in share capital, with the related debit applied to contributed surplus at the time the shares are issued. The shares contributed by the Company will vest 12 months after issuance with a corresponding compensation expense recognized in loss.

F-12


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Research and development

        Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development costs are expensed as incurred unless they meet generally accepted accounting criteria for deferral and amortization. Development costs incurred prior to establishment of technological feasibility do not meet these criteria, and are expensed as incurred.

Loss per share

        Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. For all periods presented, the net loss available to common shareholders equates to the net loss.

        In the computation of diluted earnings per share, the Company includes the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential equity instruments had been issued.

Non-controlling interest

        Non-controlling interest consists of the minority-owned portion of the Company's 50.1% owned subsidiary, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited.

FUTURE ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ["FASB"] issued ASU No. 2014-9, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers". The amendments in this Update create Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, including most industry-specific revenue recognition guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. In addition, the amendments supersede the cost guidance in Subtopic 605-35, Revenue Recognition-Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts, and create new Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" which reflects decisions reached by the FASB at its meeting earlier in the year to defer the effective date to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for the year beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact this amendment will have on its consolidated financial statements.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern". The update provides U.S. GAAP guidance on management's responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern and about related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The amendments in this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this amendment will have on its consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes". The amendments in this update eliminate the current requirement for companies to separate deferred income tax liabilities and assets into current and non-current amounts in a classified statement of financial position. Instead, companies will be required to classify all deferred tax liabilities and assets as non-current. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

F-13


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases". The amendments in this Update create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the lease requirements in Topic 840, Leases. The Update will require companies to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability in their balance sheets, while still distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases. For finance leases, the lessee would recognize interest on the lease liability separately from amortization of the right-of-use asset in the statement of comprehensive income, and for operating leases, the lessee would recognize a straight-line lease expense. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this amendment will have on its consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, "Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting". The amendments in this Update simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this amendment will have on its consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash". The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

3. NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited

        Non-controlling interest consists of the minority owned portion of the Company's 50.1% owned subsidiary, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited. During the year ended February 28, 2017, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited paid a dividend excluding withholding taxes totaling $1,839 to its shareholders. The Company received $921 and the minority-owned portion received $918.

4. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 
  February 28, 2017   February 29, 2016  
Currency
  USD Amount   % of
Total
  USD Amount   % of
Total
 

US dollar

    2,320     57.0%     1,600     37.4%  

Canadian dollar

    44     1.1%     39     0.9%  

Indian rupee

    1,279     31.4%     2,317     54.2%  

Other

    430     10.5%     321     7.5%  
                   

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

    4,073     100.0%     4,277     100.0%  
                   

F-14


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

4. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (Continued)

        In accordance with the fourth forbearance agreement which is valid until April 1, 2017 the Company is required to have a minimum of $1,000 held at Comerica Bank [2016 – $1,000].

        The Company could elect to repatriate funds from its foreign subsidiaries and this may result in withholding taxes.

5. TRADE RECEIVABLES

        The Company is exposed to credit risk with respect to trade receivables in the event that its counterparties do not meet their obligations. The Company minimizes its credit risk with respect to trade receivables by performing credit reviews for each of its customers. The Company's allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company's assessment of collectability across its global customer base.

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Trade receivables

    12,099     19,209  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (223 )   (223 )
           

Total trade receivables

    11,876     18,986  
           

        As at February 28, 2017, three customers exceeded 10% of the total receivable balance. These customers represented 21%, 17% and 15% of the trade receivables balance [2016 – two customers represented 52% and 16% of the trade receivables balance].

        Included in general and administrative expenses is an expense of $82 related to bad debt expense for the year ended February 28, 2017 [2016 – expense of $240].

6. INVENTORY

        Inventory consists of the following:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Raw materials

    2,844     2,389  

Work in progress

    2,089     614  

Finished goods

    14,384     16,986  
           

Total production inventory

    19,317     19,989  
           

Inventory held for customer service/warranty

    2,098     2,713  
           

Total inventory

    21,415     22,702  
           

        Cost of sales for the year ended February 28, 2017 was $32,102 [2016 – $72,324], which included $22,982 of product costs [2016 – $56,296]. The remaining costs of $9,120 [2016 – $16,028] related principally to the costs of sub-contractors for services, warehousing, freight, warranty, overhead and other direct costs of sales.

        For the year ended February 28, 2017, the Company recognized an impairment loss on inventory of $953 [2016 – $4,416], which included an impairment loss of $648 for inventory held by contract manufacturers that it does not expect to be fully used [2016 – $1,497].

F-15


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

6. INVENTORY (Continued)

        The Company allocates overhead and labour to inventory. Included in cost of sales for the year ended February 28, 2017 were overhead and labour allocations of $753 [2016 – $1,746]. Included in inventory at February 28, 2017 were overhead and labour allocations of $454 [2016 – $551].

        The Company uses an outsourced manufacturing model in which most of the component acquisition and assembly of its products is executed by third parties. The Company's contract manufacturers currently have inventory intended for use in the production of its products, and the Company has purchase orders or demand forecasts in place for raw materials and manufactured products with these contract manufacturers. When a product has been purchased by a contract manufacturer but not pulled on for a build after a certain amount of time, the Company may be required to take ownership of it. The value of the inventory held by the Company's primary contract manufacturer as at February 28, 2017 was $12,939 [2016 – $16,848].

7. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

        Other current assets consist of the following:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Deposits on inventory

    368     670  

Prepaid expenses

    840     1,355  

Indirect taxes receivable

    388     610  

Deferred financing costs

        18  

Receivable from contract manufacturers and other items

    195     124  
           

Total other current assets

    1,791     2,777  
           

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment are apportioned as follows:

 
  February 28, 2017   February 29,
2016
 
 
  Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
  Net Book
Value
 

Test equipment, research and development equipment

    24,627     22,736     1,891     2,655  

Computer hardware

    3,717     3,656     61     213  

Production fixtures

    2,633     2,228     405     559  

Leasehold improvements

    1,081     1,031     50     103  

Other

    1,600     1,490     110     172  
                   

Total

    33,658     31,141     2,517     3,702  
                   

F-16


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

        Amortization expense relating to the above property and equipment was allocated to operating expenses as follows:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Research and development

    290     364  

Selling and marketing

    34     40  

General and administrative

    1,467     1,527  
           

    1,791     1,931  
           

        Amortization expense includes amortization of assets recorded under capital lease.

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Intangible assets are apportioned as follows:

 
  February 28, 2017   February 29,
2016
 
 
  Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
  Net Book
Value
 

Software

    7,094     6,758     336     623  

        For the year ended February 28, 2017, the Company recognized amortization of intangible assets of $369 [2016 – $577]. The Company estimates that it will recognize $181 and $155, respectively, for the next two succeeding years.

10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities are apportioned as follows:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Trade payables

    14,726     11,858  

Accrued liabilities

    5,061     5,830  

Termination fee

    3,351     3,337  

Payroll related accruals

    1,033     1,257  

Warranty accrual

    697     926  

Income taxes payable

    303     555  

Capital lease obligation

    35     69  
           

Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    25,206     23,832  
           

        On April 10, 2013, the Company announced changes to its existing operational framework with Nokia. Included in the changes was an agreement to a termination fee in the amount of $8,668 to be paid to Nokia in installments. Payments totaling $4,351 were made by the year ended February 29, 2016. As at February 28, 2017, the liability is valued at $3,351 and is considered short term in nature [2016 – $3,337 short term].

F-17


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES (Continued)

        Warranty accrual:

        The Company records a liability for future warranty costs based on management's best estimate of probable claims within the Company's product warranties. The accrual is based on the terms of the warranty, which vary by customer, product, or service and historical experience of returns and cost of repairs. The Company regularly evaluates the appropriateness of the remaining accrual.

        The following table details the changes in the warranty accrual for the respective years:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

    926     678  

Accruals

    1,314     2,057  

Utilization

    (1,543 )   (1,809 )
           

Balance at the end of the period

    697     926  
           

11. DEBT FACILITY

        On October 12, 2016, the Company signed a fourth forbearance agreement which is valid until April 1, 2017 against a credit facility with Comerica Bank and Export Development Canada which matured on June 1, 2016.

        This asset-based credit facility was for a total of $40,000 plus $4,000 for letters of credit and foreign exchange facilities. Credit availability is subject to ongoing compliance with borrowing covenants and short-term assets on hand. The Company had drawn $17,030 on the facility as at February 28, 2017 [2016 – $22,152] and $1,845 against its letter of credit facility [2016 – $1,853].

        The credit facility that was extended on January 6, 2014, matured on June 1, 2016 and is secured by a first priority charge on all of the assets of the Company and its principal direct and indirect subsidiaries. The terms of the credit facility include other customary terms, conditions, covenants, and representations and warranties. Borrowing options under the credit facility include US dollar, Canadian dollar, and Euro loans. Interest rates vary with market rate fluctuations, with loans bearing interest in the range of 3% to 4% above the applicable base rates. Direct costs associated with obtaining the debt facility such as closing fees, registration and legal expenses have been capitalized and were expensed over the original 30-month term of the facility. During the year ended February 28, 2017, the weighted average debt outstanding was $17,916 [2016 – $29,765] and the Company recognized $1,300 in interest expense related to the debt facility [2016 – $2,007] and expensed $18 in deferred financing cost [2016 – $55].

        The credit facility contains financial covenants including minimum tangible net worth requirements, minimum cash levels to be held at Comerica Bank and minimum liquidity ratio requirements. The credit facility also imposes certain restrictions on the Company's ability to acquire capital assets above a threshold over a trailing six-month period.

        The fourth forbearance agreement identified new minimum covenant levels reflecting the Company's revised financial plans. The forbearance agreement includes a requirement to hold a minimum of $1,000 at Comerica Bank. In addition, the forbearance agreement reduces the facility commitment from $40,000 to $30,000, includes additional compliance requirements and implements more frequent monitoring. Warrants to purchase 375,000 common shares were agreed to be issued to the lenders at an exercise price of $4.00 per share and will expire five years from the date of issuance. The expense associated with the warrant issuance was calculated using a Black-Scholes warrant pricing model and recognized rateably over the term of the

F-18


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

11. DEBT FACILITY (Continued)

forbearance agreement which expired on April 1, 2017. In the twelve months ending February 28, 2017, the Company recognized an expense of $442 in deferred financing costs relating to these warrants.

        As at May 26, 2017, the Company's fourth forbearance agreement had expired, and a new forbearance agreement has not yet been agreed.

12. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Number of shares authorized

        The Company has an unlimited amount of common shares authorized for issuance.

        On September 23, 2013, the Company completed a public offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 11,910,000 units at $2.10 on a pre-consolidation basis, for aggregate gross proceeds of $25,011. After deducting commissions and listing expenses, the Company realized net proceeds of $22,434. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and three quarters of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1/25th of one common share at an exercise price of $2.80 per share following the August 8, 2016 public offering, until September 23, 2018, subject to certain adjustments. Upon issuance, the Company recognized a liability in the amount of $6,425 for the warrants. See Warrants section for further details.

        On February 2, 2016, the Company effected a share consolidation of the Company's common shares at a ratio of 1-for-25. As a result of the share consolidation, every 25 shares of the issued and outstanding common shares consolidated into one newly-issued outstanding common share. Each fractional share remaining after the share consolidation was cancelled. The number of outstanding stock options and restricted share units were proportionately adjusted by the consolidation ratio and the exercise prices correspondingly increased by the same consolidation ratio. All shares and exercise prices are presented on a post-consolidation basis in these consolidated financial statements.

        On April 11, 2016, the Company completed a registered direct offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 599,998 units at $7.25, for aggregate gross proceeds of $4,350. After deducting commissions and listing expenses, the Company realized net proceeds of $4,014. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $8.50 per share until April 11, 2021. Upon issuance, the Company recognized a liability in the amount of $1,137 for the warrants. See Warrants section for further details.

        On August 8, 2016 the Company completed a public offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 1,760,880 Class A units at $3.35 and 30,164 Class B units at $3.34, for aggregate gross proceeds of $6,000. After deducting commissions and expenses, the Company realized net proceeds of $5,277. Concurrent with the underwritten public offering in the United States, the Company issued an additional 63,000 Class A Units on a private placement basis to purchasers in Canada for additional gross proceeds of $211. Each Class A unit consisted of one common share, one five-year warrant [the "Long-Term Warrant"] to purchase one common share and two six-month warrants [the "Short-Term Warrant"]. Each Class B unit consisted of a pre-funded warrant [the "Pre-Funded Warrant"] to purchase one common share, one Long-Term Warrant and two Short-Term Warrants. The Long-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.37 per share, are exercisable immediately and will expire on August 8, 2021. The Short-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share, are exercisable immediately and expired on February 8, 2017. The Pre-Funded Warrants are exercisable immediately with no expiration date, are deemed purchased for a price of $3.34 per underlying common share by virtue of purchasing a Class B Unit and have an exercise price of $0.01 per share. Upon

F-19


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

12. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

issuance, the Company recognized a liability in the amount of $4,672 for the warrants. See Warrants section for further details.

Share-based compensation plan

        On June 20, 2014, the Shareholders approved the adoption of a new Share-based Compensation Plan [the "Plan"] to replace the Previous Plan. The Plan includes provision for granting of performance share units ["PSUs"], restricted share units ["RSUs"], deferred share units ["DSUs"], Bonus Shares (as defined in the Plan) and options to purchase common shares. Settlement of vested PSUs, RSUs and DSUs is effected by delivering common shares acquired in the open market and/or issued from treasury, or by making a cash payment equal to the number of PSUs, RSUs or DSUs multiplied by the volume weighted average trading price of the common shares on the applicable stock exchange for the five trading days preceding the settlement date, or by a combination of these methods. The manner of settlement for RSUs, PSUs and DSUs is determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. Options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the common shares of the Company, and generally vest at a rate between six months to four years from the date of the option grant. All remaining outstanding options expire five years from the grant date, or upon termination of employment. The maximum number of common shares issuable under the Plan is 730,522, which represents 10% of the common shares issued and outstanding as at February 28, 2017.

        The following is a summary of stock option activity:

 
  February 28, 2017   February 29, 2016  
 
  Options   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
(CAD)
  Options   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
(CAD)
 

Opening balance

    276,728   $ 32.82     159,421   $ 76.34  

Granted

    324,895   $ 4.36     172,974   $ 8.64  

Exercised

    (18,220 ) $ 3.05       $  

Expired

    (54,079 ) $ 61.43     (55,667 ) $ 82.34  
                   

Closing balance

    529,324   $ 13.45     276,728   $ 32.82  
                   

        The following table shows the weighted average values used in determining the fair value of options granted during the three months ended February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Volatility

    75.0%     95.6%  

Risk-free rate

    1.05%     0.58%  

Dividend yield

    Nil     Nil  

Average expected life

    4 yrs     4 yrs  

        The 324,895 options granted during the year ended February 28, 2017 were determined to have a fair value of $773 [2016-172,974 options valued at $683].

F-20


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

12. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the various exercise prices inherent in the Company's stock options outstanding and exercisable on February 28, 2017:

Exercise Price   Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Low
(CAD)
  High
(CAD)
  Quantity of
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(yrs)
  Weighted
average
exercise price
(CAD)
  Quantity of
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(yrs)
  Weighted
average
exercise price
(CAD)
 

$

3.00   $ 3.34     84,639     3.75   $ 3.00     83,389     3.73   $ 3.00  

$

3.35   $ 3.83     232,990     4.54   $ 3.66              

$

3.84   $ 6.78     75,050     4.20   $ 6.16     725     3.63   $ 4.00  

$

6.79   $ 46.88     63,688     2.95   $ 21.19     37,477     2.61   $ 24.01  

$

46.89   $ 73.50     72,957     1.54   $ 57.59     62,745     1.45   $ 58.21  
                                   
 

          529,324     3.76   $ 13.45     184,336     2.73   $ 26.07  
                                   

        The Company has recognized $750 for the year ended February 28, 2017 as compensation expense for stock-based grants, with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus [2016 – $941]. Stock compensation expense was allocated to operating expenses as follows:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Research and development

    182     172  

Selling and marketing

    239     204  

General and administrative

    329     565  
           

    750     941  
           

        As at February 28, 2017, compensation costs not yet recognized relating to stock option awards outstanding are $1,276 [2016 – $1,476] net of estimated forfeitures. Performance vesting awards will vest as performance conditions are met. Compensation will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures.

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended February 28, 2017 is $29 [2016 – nil].

        The intrinsic value associated with outstanding and fully vested options as at February 28, 2017 is nil [2016 – nil].

Restricted Share Units

        The Company has recognized nil for the year ended February 28, 2017 as compensation expense for RSUs, with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus [2016 – $39].

Restricted shares and employee share purchase plan

        The Company launched an Employee Share Purchase Plan ["ESPP"] on October 20, 2008. The plan includes provisions to allow employees to purchase common shares. The Company will match the employees' contribution at a rate of 25%. During the year ended February 28, 2017, a total of 1,051 common shares were purchased by employees at fair market value, while the Company issued 259 common shares, net of forfeitures,

F-21


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

12. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

as its matching contribution during the year ended February 28, 2017. The shares contributed by the Company will vest 12 months after issuance.

        The Company records an expense equal to the fair value of shares granted pursuant to the ESPP over the period the shares vest, with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus. The total fair value of the shares earned during the year ended February 28, 2017 was $8 [2016 – $13]. The fair value of the unearned ESPP shares as at February 28, 2017 was $1 [2016 – $8]. The number of shares held for release, and still restricted under the plan, as at February 28, 2017 was 259 [2016-978].

Warrants

        Effective May 30, 2007, the Company granted warrants to purchase up to 5,050 common shares of the Company at a price of $88.75 CAD per share. The warrants expire 10 years after the date of issuance. The warrants vested based on the achievement of pre-determined business milestones and resulted in 31,562 warrants being eligible for exercise. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1/25th of one common share of the Company.

        On September 23, 2013, the Company completed a public offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 11,910,000 units at $2.10 on a pre-consolidation basis, for aggregate gross proceeds of $25,011. Equity issuance expenses relating to the offering totaled $2,576, of which $662 was expensed as the proportionate warrant costs. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and three quarters of one warrant (warrants issued – 8,932,500). Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1/25th of one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $2.80 per share until September 23, 2018 following the August 8, 2016 equity financing undertaken by the Company. In the event of a fundamental transaction, the Company may be required to settle the warrants with a cash payment. As a result, the Company recognized a warrant liability of $6,425, which represented the estimated fair value of the liability as at September 23, 2013. The warrant liability is adjusted quarterly to its estimated fair value. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the warrants are presented as "Change in fair value of warrant liability" in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As at February 28, 2017, 738,750 warrants were outstanding. During the year ended February 28, 2017, the Company realized a loss in the amount of $75 in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss which represented the change in fair value of the remaining warrant liability of $7.

        On August 1, 2014, the Company completed a public offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 15,927,500 units at $1.80 CAD on a pre-consolidation basis for aggregate gross proceeds of $28,670 CAD. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1/25th of one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $56.25 CAD per share until August 1, 2016, subject to certain adjustments. Equity issuance expenses relating to the offering totaled $2,275, of which $221 was expensed as the proportionate warrant costs. As a result of the offering, the Company issued warrants totaling 7,963,750 and recognized a warrant liability of $2,551, which represented the estimated fair value of the liability as at August 1, 2014. During the year ended February 28, 2017, the Company realized a gain in the amount of $117 in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss which represented the change in fair value of the warrant liability.

        On April 11, 2016, the Company completed a registered direct offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 599,998 units at $7.25, for aggregate gross proceeds of $4,350. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $8.50 per share until April 11, 2021, subject to certain adjustments. Equity issuance expenses relating to the offering totaled $428 of which $92 was expensed

F-22


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

12. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

as the proportionate warrant costs. As a result of the offering, the Company issued 299,999 warrants and recognized a warrant liability of $1,137, which represented the estimated fair value of the liability as at April 11, 2016. During the year ended February 28, 2017, the Company realized a gain in the amount of $1,038 in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, which represented the change in fair value of the remaining warrant liability of $99.

        On August 8, 2016, the Company completed a public offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 1,760,880 Class A units at $3.35 and 30,164 Class B units at $3.34, for aggregate gross proceeds of $6,000. After deducting commissions and expenses, the Company realized net proceeds of $5,277. Concurrent with the underwritten public offering in the United States, the Company issued an additional 63,000 Class A Units on a private placement basis to purchasers in Canada for additional gross proceeds of $211. Each Class A unit consisted of one common share, one Long-Term Warrant to purchase one common share and two Short-Term Warrants. Each Class B unit consisted of a Pre-Funded Warrant to purchase one common share, one Long-Term Warrant and two Short-Term Warrants. The Long-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.37 per share, are exercisable immediately and will expire on August 8, 2021. The Short-Term Warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share, are exercisable immediately and expired on February 8, 2017. The Pre-Funded Warrants are exercisable immediately with no expiration date, are deemed purchased for a price of $3.34 per underlying common share by virtue of purchasing a Class B Unit and have an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The Pre-Funded Warrants were fully exercised on August 25, 2016. Equity issuance expenses relating to the offering totaled $723, of which $469 was expensed as the proportionate warrant costs. As a result of the offering, the Company issued 1,854,044 Long-Term Warrants and 3,708,088 Short-Term Warrants and recognized a warrant liability of $4,672, which represented the estimated fair value of the liability as at August 31, 2016. As at February 28, 2017, 1,854,044 Long-Term Warrants were outstanding. During the year ended February 28, 2017 the Company realized a gain in the amount of $3,162 in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, which represented the change in fair value of the remaining warrant liability of $984.

        The following is a summary of granted warrants:

 
  February 28, 2017  
 
  Warrants
Granted
  Shares
Purchasable
  Exercise Price   Termination date  

May 2007 Issuance

    31,562     1,262   $ 88.75 CAD     May 30, 2017  

September 2013 Issuance

    738,750     29,550   $ 2.80     September 23, 2018  

April 2016 Issuance

    299,999     299,999   $ 8.50     April 11, 2021  

August 2016 Issuance – Long-Term Warrants

    1,854,044     1,854,044   $ 4.37     August 8, 2021  
                       

Sub-total warrants issued and outstanding

    2,924,355     2,184,855              
                       

Comerica Warrants – granted but not issued

    375,000     375,000   $ 4.00     five years from issuance date  
                       

Total warrants granted

    3,299,355     2,559,855              
                       

        The warrants to Comerica were granted but not issued at February 28, 2017. See Note 11 for further details on these warrants.

F-23


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

13. NET LOSS PER SHARE

        Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. In the computation of diluted earnings per share, the Company includes the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential equity instruments had been issued.

        As at February 28, 2017, a total of 529,324 options and 3,299,355 warrants have been excluded from the diluted net loss per share calculations, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

        The following table illustrates the net loss per share during the year ended February 28, 2017 and February 29, 2016 excluding the effect of outstanding options and warrants:

 
  Twelve months ended  
 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Net loss attributable to shareholders

    (15,888 )   (42,304 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

    4,879,738     3,019,259  
           

Basic net loss / dilutive net loss per share

  $ (3.26 ) $ (14.01 )
           

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Future minimum operating lease payments per fiscal year that relate to office and warehouse space in various countries as at February 28, 2017 are as follows:

2018

    1,074  

2019

    915  

2020

    905  

2021

    905  

Thereafter

    660  
       

    4,459  
       

        For the year ended February 28, 2017, the Company incurred rental expenses of $1,357 [2016 – $1,590].

        In January 2016, a customer in India initiated an arbitration process with the Company to resolve the dispute over inventory shipped to this customer in June 2015, with a carrying amount of $4,707. The customer has now submitted its claim statement, which discloses an aggregate claim amount of approximately $6,425 in respect of, among other things, damages claimed with respect to lost revenue, import duties, and inventory replacement costs. The Company believes that the claim has no merit. The Company has not recognized the revenue related to this shipment and has recorded the cost of the inventory provided to the customer as an asset with a value of $4,600. The Company has not received any payment with respect to this inventory. The Company submitted a counter-claim in June 2016 for the full value of the contract and damages. Frequent arbitration meetings have been held to date and are planned during the first half of calendar 2017. No decision has been made as of the date of this report and the outcome of this matter is not determinable.

        In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to patent infringement complaints. The Company defends itself vigorously in these matters and does not believe any known complaint is material.

        See Note 6 for the discussion on the purchase order commitments with contract manufacturers.

F-24


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

15. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Changes in non-cash working capital balances:

             

Trade receivables

    7,110     29,640  

Inventory

    1,287     1,592  

Other current assets

    986     3,074  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    1,429     (16,880 )

Deferred revenue

    (1,468 )   810  
           

    9,344     18,236  
           

16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        Financial instruments are classified into one of the following categories: assets held at fair value, loans and receivables, other financial liabilities, or liabilities held at fair value.

Categories for financial assets and liabilities

        The following table summarizes the carrying values of the Company's financial instruments:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Assets held at fair value (A)

    4,073     4,277  

Loans and receivables (B)

    12,071     19,110  

Other financial liabilities (C)

    41,201     44,434  

Liabilities held at fair value (D)

    1,090     120  

(A)
Includes cash and cash equivalents

(B)
Includes trade receivables and other miscellaneous receivables

(C)
Includes accounts payable and accrued liabilities, payroll-related accruals, debt facility and termination fee

(D)
Includes warrant liability

        The Company classifies its fair value measurements using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of inputs used in making the measurements. The accounting standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The inputs fall into three levels that may be used to measure fair value.

        Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

        Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

        Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

        Cash and cash equivalents are measured using Level 1 inputs.

F-25


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The warrant liability is classified as Level 3 as it is measured at fair value calculated by the Black-Scholes model using significant unobservable inputs. Significant assumptions used as at February 28, 2017 for the warrants include a dividend yield of 0%, volatility of 75%, and a risk-free spot rate term structure.

        The Company held the following Level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 
 
  Level 3   Level 3  

Financial Liabilities

             

Warrant liability

    1,090     3  

        A reconciliation of the Level 3 warrant liability measured at fair value for the year ended February 28, 2017 follows:

 
  Level 3  
 
  Warrants   $  

Balance at February 29, 2016

    2,088,750     3  

Issuance of warrants

    5,862,131     5,809  

Exercise of warrants

    (3,107,572 )   (527 )

Expiry of warrants and change in fair value of warrant liability

    (1,950,516 )   (4,195 )
           

Balance at February 28, 2017

    2,892,793     1,090  
           

Interest rate risk

        Cash and cash equivalents and the Company's debt facility, which has interest rates with market rate fluctuations, expose the Company to interest rate risk on these consolidated financial instruments. Interest expense, excluding deferred financing costs, recognized during the year ended February 28, 2017 was $1,446 on the Company's cash and cash equivalents, and debt facility [2016 – expense of $1,959].

Credit risk

        In addition to trade receivables and other receivables, the Company is exposed to credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents in the event that its counterparties do not meet their obligations. The Company does not use credit derivatives or similar instruments to mitigate this risk and, as such, the maximum exposure is the full carrying value or fair value of the financial instrument. The Company minimizes credit risk on trade receivables and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents by transacting with only reputable financial institutions and customers.

Foreign exchange risk

        Foreign exchange risk arises because of fluctuations in exchange rates. As at February 28, 2017, if the US dollar had appreciated by 1% against all foreign currencies to which the Company is exposed, with all other variables held constant, the impact of this foreign currency change on the Company's foreign denominated financial instruments would have resulted in a decrease in after-tax net loss of $43 for the year ended February 28, 2017 [2016 – increase of $27], with an equal and opposite effect if the US dollar had depreciated by 1% against all foreign currencies as at February 28, 2017.

F-26


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Liquidity risk

        A risk exists that the Company will encounter difficulty in satisfying its financial obligations as they become due. The Company manages its liquidity risk by forecasting cash flows from operations and anticipated investing and financing activities. As at February 28, 2017, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totaling $4,073 [2016 – $4,277]. See Note 1 for further discussion of liquidity risk associated with the Company and Note 11 for details of the debt facility requirement.

17. SEGMENTED INFORMATION

        The Company operates in one operating segment – broadband wireless backhaul equipment.

        The following table presents total net book value of property, equipment and intangible assets by geographic location:

 
  February 28, 2017   February 29, 2016  
 
  Amount   %   Amount   %  

Canada

    1,586     56%     1,860     43%  

Malaysia

    786     28%     1,492     34%  

Other

    481     16%     973     23%  
                   

Total

    2,853     100%     4,325     100%  
                   

        The Company analyzes its sales according to geographic region and targets product development and sales strategies by region. The following tables present total revenue by geographic location through direct and indirect sales and through its OEM partner, Nokia:

 
  Year Ended February 28, 2017   Year Ended February 29, 2016  
 
  Direct &
Indirect
Sales
  OEM
Sales
through
Nokia
  Total   % of
Total
Revenue
  Direct &
Indirect
Sales
  OEM
Sales
through
Nokia
  Total   % of
Total
Revenue
 

Canada

    2,648         2,648     6%     2,255         2,255     3%  

Europe, Middle East and Africa

    4,825     10,287     15,112     34%     6,753     31,109     37,862     44%  

India

    4,391     301     4,692     11%     13,993     3,787     17,780     21%  

United States

    13,261         13,261     30%     19,577     19     19,596     23%  

Rest of World

    7,661     542     8,203     19%     6,095     2,707     8,802     9%  
                                   

    32,786     11,130     43,916     100%     48,673     37,622     86,295     100%  
                                   

        The Company has shown revenue by the customers' purchasing entities' geographic location, except in cases where the geographic location of the product deployment is explicitly known.

18. ECONOMIC DEPENDENCE

        For the year ended February 28, 2017, the Company was dependent on three key customers with respect to revenue. These customers represented approximately 25%, 14% and 13% of sales during that twelve month period [2016 – three customers represented 44%, 15% and 11%].

F-27


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

19. INCOME TAXES

        The components of the Company's income (loss) before income taxes, by taxing jurisdiction, were as follows:

 
  February 28,
2017
  February 29,
2016
 

Canada

    (14,156 )   (22,994 )

Luxembourg

    (2,004 )   (7,222 )

India

    728     1,756  

China

    414     706  

Other

    104     (11,535 )
           

    (14,914 )   (39,289 )
           

        Income tax expense, both current and deferred, relates to jurisdictions outside of Canada where losses are not sufficient to cover the tax liability in the region. For the year ended February 28, 2017, the current income tax expenses were $931 [2016 – $434] and the deferred income tax expense (recovery) was ($148) [2016 – $1,841].

        The reported income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the Canadian statutory rate to the net loss, for the following reasons:

 
  2017   2016  

Loss before income taxes

    (14,914 )   (39,289 )

Statutory income tax rate

    26.5%     26.5%  

Expected income tax recovery

    (3,952 )   (10,412 )

Foreign tax rate differences

    563     578  

Non-deductible expenses and non-taxable income

    (785 )   37  

Change in valuation allowances

    4,967     6,043  

Share issue costs

    (156 )    

Goodwill impairment

        4,420  

Foreign bank, minimum and withholding taxes

    353      

Prior year adjustments

    (183 )   1,444  

Other

    (24 )   165  
           

    783     2,275  
           

F-28


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

19. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities include the following significant components:

 
  2017   2016  

Income tax loss carryforwards

    44,541     39,322  

Capital loss

    19,011     19,011  

Research and development tax credits

    13,180     13,180  

SR&ED expenditures

    6,872     6,872  

Book and tax differences on assets

    960     1,256  

Share issue expenses

    529     443  

Income and expense reserves

    194     236  
           

Total gross deferred tax assets

    85,287     80,320  
           

Valuation allowance

    (85,287 )   (80,320 )
           

Income and expense reserves

    (148 )   (294 )
           

Net deferred tax liability

    (148 )   (294 )
           

        As at February 28, 2017, the Company had cumulative tax loss carryforwards in the following jurisdictions: Canada – $155,054, United States – $7,783, Luxembourg – $38,165. The Company also has capital losses being carried forward in the following jurisdictions: Canada – $16,302; United States – $45,543.

        The losses in Canada expire starting in fiscal 2031 until fiscal 2037. The losses in Luxembourg can be carried forward indefinitely. Income tax benefits relating to the losses in Canada and Luxembourg have not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements as the recognition requirements under the liability method of accounting for income taxes have not been met.

        The losses in the U.S. expire between fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2032. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the use of a company's net operating loss carryforwards when a company has an ownership change. The acquisition of Axerra Networks, Inc. by the Company resulted in an ownership change as understood by Section 382. As a result, the annual restriction of the amount of losses of Axerra Networks, Inc. that may be used has been calculated as $521.

        As at February 28, 2017, the Company had $14,720 of investment tax credits available to reduce future federal Canadian income taxes payable. These investment tax credits begin to expire in 2022. In addition, the Company had provincial research and development tax credits of $2,361, which are available to reduce future provincial income taxes payable. These provincial tax credits begin to expire in 2029. The tax benefit of the federal and provincial tax credits has not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

        As at February 28, 2017, the Company has not recorded any liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions.

        The Company remains subject to examination by tax authorities in Canada for years 2011 to 2017 and in the major jurisdictions for tax years 2012 to 2017.

20. COMPARATIVE FIGURES

        Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current fiscal year. The Company reclassified an amount of $902 from hardware revenue to service revenue to conform with the current fiscal year presentation.

F-29


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US$000's except share and per share amounts

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

        On March 17, 2017, the Company issued 1,198,666 common shares in a Registered Direct Offering, and concurrently in a private placement, issued warrants to purchase 599,333 common shares exercisable in the future at an exercise price of $1.50. The price per common share and one half of a warrant was $1.50 and resulted in total gross proceeds to the Company of $1,798. The warrants are not exercisable for six months and one day from issuance and will expire five years from the date of issuance.

F-30


Table of Contents

COVER

F-31


Table of Contents


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT OF REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders of
DragonWave Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of DragonWave Inc., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at February 29, 2016 and February 28, 2015 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended February 29, 2016, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management's responsibility for the consolidated financial statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors' responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors' judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

        We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DragonWave Inc. as at February 29, 2016 and February 28, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended February 29, 2016 in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Emphasis of matter

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and has a capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Ottawa, Canada
May 18, 2016

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

F-32


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Expressed in US $000's except share amounts

 
  Note   As at
February 29,
2016
  As at
February 28,
2015
 

Assets

                   

Current Assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    4     4,277     23,692  

Trade receivables

    5     18,986     48,626  

Inventory

    6     22,702     24,294  

Other current assets

    7     2,777     5,895  
                 

          48,742     102,507  

Long Term Assets

                   

Property and equipment

    8     3,702     4,322  

Deferred tax asset

    20         1,485  

Deferred financing cost

              18  

Intangible assets

    9     623     794  

Goodwill

    9         11,927  
                 

          4,325     18,546  
                 

Total Assets

    11     53,067     121,053  
                 

Liabilities

                   

Current Liabilities

                   

Debt facility

    11     22,152      

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    10     23,557     40,677  

Deferred revenue

          1,944     830  

Deferred tax liability

    20     294      

Warrant liability

    13, 17     117      
                 

          48,064     41,507  

Long Term Liabilities

                   

Debt facility

    11         32,400  

Other long term liabilities

    12     773     1,139  

Warrant liability

    13, 17     3     1,239  
                 

          776     34,778  

Commitments

    15              

Shareholders' equity

                   

Capital stock

    13     221,128     220,952  

Contributed surplus

    13     9,235     8,388  

Deficit

          (218,225 )   (175,921 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

          (9,618 )   (9,618 )
                 

Total Shareholders' equity

          2,520     43,801  

Non-controlling interests

    3     1,707     967  
                 

Total Equity

          4,227     44,768  
                 

Total Liabilities and Equity

          53,067     121,053  
                 

Shares issued & outstanding

    14     3,020,069     3,011,632  


(Signed) CLAUDE HAW
Director

 

(Signed) LORI O'NEILL
Director

See Note 1: Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation and Going Concern
See accompanying notes

F-33


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

 
   
  Twelve months ended  
 
  Note   February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

REVENUE

                   

Hardware and other

    18     71,393     150,432  

Services

    18     14,902     7,334  
                 

          86,295     157,766  
                 

COST OF SALES

                   

Hardware and other

    6     58,991     123,950  

Services

    6     8,917     3,051  

Inventory provision

    6     4,416     2,771  
                 

          72,324     129,772  
                 

Gross profit

          13,971     27,994  
                 

EXPENSES

                   

Research and development

          13,406     18,657  

Selling and marketing

          10,572     13,975  

General and administrative

          13,798     15,085  
                 

          37,776     47,717  
                 

Loss before other items

          (23,805 )   (19,723 )

Goodwill impairment

    9     (11,927 )    

Restructuring costs

    22     (1,549 )    

Amortization of intangible assets

    9     (577 )   (1,188 )

Accretion expense

          (205 )   (168 )

Interest expense

    11, 17     (2,014 )   (1,557 )

Warrant issuance expenses

              (221 )

Gain on change in estimate

              67  

Gain on sale of fixed assets

              18  

Fair value adjustment — warrant liability

    13     1,119     2,007  

Foreign exchange (loss) gain

          (331 )   846  
                 

Loss before income taxes

          (39,289 )   (19,919 )
                 

Income tax expense

    20     2,275     717  
                 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

          (41,564 )   (20,636 )

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

          (740 )   (884 )
                 

Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to shareholders

          (42,304 )   (21,520 )
                 

Net loss and comprehensive loss per share

                   

Basic and diluted

    14     (14.01 )   (7.90 )

Weighted average shares outstanding

                   

Basic and diluted

    14     3,019,259     2,724,467  

   

See accompanying notes

F-34


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Expressed in US $000's

 
   
  Twelve months ended  
 
  Note   February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Operating activities

                   

Net loss

          (41,564 )   (20,636 )

Items not affecting cash

                   

Goodwill impairment

    9     11,927      

Amortization of property and equipment

    8     1,931     2,320  

Amortization of intangible assets

    9     577     1,188  

Accretion expense

          205     168  

Interest expense

              28  

Gain on change in estimate

              (67 )

Gain on contract amendment

              (530 )

Fair value adjustment – warrant liability

    13     (1,119 )   (2,007 )

Stock-based compensation

    13     988     1,270  

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

          485     913  

Deferred income tax expense

          1,841     59  
                 

          (24,729 )   (17,294 )

Changes in non-cash working capital items

    16     18,236     (14,343 )
                 

          (6,493 )   (31,637 )
                 

Investing activities

                   

Acquisition of property and equipment

          (1,311 )   (3,474 )

Acquisition of intangible assets

          (406 )   (347 )
                 

          (1,717 )   (3,821 )
                 

Financing activities

                   

Repayments on capital lease obligation

          (507 )   (739 )

Contribution by non-controlling interest in DW-HFCL

    3         164  

Proceeds from issuance of warrant

              2,551  

Proceeds from debt facility

    11     1,300     17,400  

Repayment of debt facility

    11     (11,548 )    

Issuance of common shares, net

          35     21,695  
                 

          (10,720 )   41,071  
                 

Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents

          (485 )   (913 )

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

         
(19,415

)
 
4,700
 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

         
23,692
   
18,992
 
                 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

         
4,277
   
23,692
 
                 

Cash paid during the year for interest

         
2,335
   
1,190
 
                 

Cash paid during the year for taxes

          522     802  
                 

   

See accompanying notes

F-35


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Expressed in US $000's except share amounts

 
  Common
Shares
  Capital
Stock
  Contributed
Surplus
  Deficit   AOCL   Non-
Controlling
Interest
  Equity  

Balance at February 28, 2014

    2,320,349   $ 198,593   $ 7,118   $ (154,505 ) $ (9,682 ) $ (81 ) $ 41,443  
                               

Stock-based compensation

            1,270                 1,270  

Public offering

    637,100     21,631                     21,631  

Exercise of warrants

    52,042     664                     664  

Share issuance

    2,141     64         104     64         232  

Other comprehensive loss

                        164     164  

Net (loss) / income

                (21,520 )       884     (20,636 )
                               

Balance at February 28, 2015

    3,011,632   $ 220,952   $ 8,388   $ (175,921 ) $ (9,618 ) $ 967   $ 44,768  
                               

Stock-based compensation

            988                 988  

Exercise of restricted share units

    2,400     133     (133 )                

Share issuance

    6,037     43     (8 )               35  

Net (loss)/income

                (42,304 )       740     (41,564 )
                               

Balance at February 29, 2016

    3,020,069   $ 221,128   $ 9,235   $ (218,225 ) $ (9,618 ) $ 1,707   $ 4,227  
                               

   

See accompanying notes

F-36


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND GOING CONCERN

        DragonWave Inc. [the "Company"], incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act in February 2000, is a provider of high-capacity packet microwave solutions that drive next-generation IP networks.

        The Company's common shares are traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the trading symbol DWI and on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol DRWI.

        The Company's warrants issued from the public issuance on August 1, 2014 are traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol DWI.WT and on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol DRWIW.

        These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries: DragonWave Corp., incorporated in the state of Delaware, USA, DragonWave PTE. LTD., incorporated in Singapore, DragonWave S.à r.l., incorporated in Luxembourg, DragonWave Telecommunication Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., incorporated in China, DragonWave Mexico S.A. de C.V., incorporated in Mexico, Axerra Networks Asia Pacific Limited, incorporated in Hong Kong, DragonWave India Private Limited, incorporated in India and DragonWave Inc.'s majority owned subsidiary, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited, incorporated in India. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

        The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in United States dollars following United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ["U.S. GAAP"].

        The consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 29, 2016 has been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the disbursement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business in the foreseeable future. The Company has a history of losses and has consumed significant cash resources in the past, and has continued to do so in the year ended February 29, 2016. Recently, additional pressure has been placed on the Company's liquidity position as a result of reduced revenue from a significant OEM channel and a dispute over inventory shipped to a customer in India in June 2015.

        The Company has been able to make progress in restructuring the business. This progress includes the following highlights:

    Reduced operating expenses by 33% in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 compared to the same period in the previous year primarily through reduction in international staff levels;

    Raised $4,350 in equity in a registered direct offering on April 7, 2016;

    Reduced outstanding debt on the Company's credit facility by $10,248 between February 28, 2015 and February 29, 2016 by leveraging its working capital;

    Negotiated forbearance terms with its credit facility partners;

    Initiated arbitration proceedings to seek resolution to its customer dispute in India.

        Despite the progress identified above, the Company remains in breach of the terms of its debt facility and is currently operating under its second forbearance period. See Note 11 for further details on the debt facility. No long term debt facility agreement has been reached. The continued consumption of cash has raised substantial doubt about DragonWave Inc.'s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans to restructure the business and overcome these difficulties include initiatives in a number of areas including:

    Targeting its sales efforts to direct and indirect opportunities in markets with higher gross margins, and lower working capital requirements;

F-37


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND GOING CONCERN (Continued)

    Adjusting its business focus and resources away from Nokia in order to support new sales channels;

    Renegotiating the terms of existing debt facilities;

    Continuing to minimize fixed and variable operating expenses, by tightly controlling discretionary spending and headcount growth;

    Actively investigating and pursuing alternative forms of financing;

    Reducing inventory levels in both raw material and finished goods inventory; and,

    Working closely with vendors to ensure supply continuity.

        These plans may be difficult to achieve. They are dependent on a number of key assumptions including the timing of significant new customer projects, and success in arbitration with the customer located in India. It is possible that the plans described above may not be fully executed or may occur too slowly to solve the Company's current liquidity concerns. There can be no assurance that the existing financing facility can be renegotiated or that any other forms of financing can be arranged on satisfactory terms. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the accounts and classification of assets and liabilities that may be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern. Such adjustments could be material.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of accounting estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company's management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent amounts of assets and liabilities as at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods presented. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management.

        The following include estimates by management: allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory allocations, inventory provisions, accrued liabilities, warranty provisions, warrant liability, property and equipment amortization, tax valuation allowance, impairment of intangible assets and goodwill, vendor specific objective evidence, estimated selling price and estimated returns as it relates to revenue recognition, and stock-based compensation.

        These estimates and assumptions are based on management's historical experience, best knowledge of current events and conditions and actions that the Company may undertake in the future. Certain of these estimates require subjective or complex judgments by management about matters that are uncertain and changes in those estimates could materially impact the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

Foreign currency translation

        The Company's operations and balances denominated in foreign currencies, including those of its foreign subsidiaries which are primarily a direct and integral component or extension of the Company's operations, are translated into US dollars (USD) using the following: monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the period end exchange rate, non-monetary assets are translated at the historical exchange rate, and revenue and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate. Gains or losses resulting from the translation adjustments are included in the consolidated statement of operations.

F-38


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Revenue recognition

        The Company derives revenue from the sale of broadband wireless backhaul equipment which includes embedded software and a license to use said software and extended product warranties. Software is considered to be incidental to the product. Services range from installation and training to basic consulting. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and there are no significant remaining vendor obligations, collection of receivables is reasonably assured and the fee is fixed and determinable. Where conditions to final acceptance of the product is specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until acceptance criteria have been met.

        The Company's sales agreements may also contain multiple elements. Accordingly, the Company is required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, the fair value of these separate units of accounting and when to recognize revenue for each element. For arrangements involving multiple elements, the Company allocates revenues to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") if available, third party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price ("ESP") if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. In multiple element arrangements, revenues are allocated to each separate unit of accounting for each of the deliverables using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement based on the aforementioned selling price hierarchy. The Company has determined the selling price for both the undelivered items and the delivered items using ESP.

        The Company generates revenue through direct sales and sales to distributors. The Company defers the recognition of a portion of sales to distributors based on estimated sales return and stock rotation granted to customers on products in the same period the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns; stock rotations and other known factors.

        Revenue associated with extended warranty and advanced replacement warranty is recognized ratably over the life of the contracted service.

        Revenue from engineering services or development agreements is recognized according to the specific terms and acceptance criteria as services are rendered.

        The Company accrues estimated potential product liability as warranty costs when revenue on the sale of equipment is recognized. Warranty liability is estimated based on recent actual return experience and repair costs. Where product defects have been identified which would cause the cost or warranty experience to change, additional warranty costs are recognized.

        Shipping and handling costs borne by the Company are recorded in cost of sales. Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are recorded as revenue, if billed at the time of shipment. Costs charged to customers after delivery are recorded in cost of sales.

        The Company generates revenue through royalty agreements as a result of the use of its Intellectual Property. Royalty revenue is recognized as it is earned.

Cash and cash equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

F-39


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Financial instruments

        The Company classifies its financial instruments as assets held at fair value, loans and receivables, other financial liabilities, or liabilities held at fair value. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial instruments were acquired, their characteristics and management's intent. Management determines the classification of financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition and the classification is not changed subsequent to initial recognition.

        The Company designated its cash and cash equivalents and foreign exchange contracts as assets held at fair value which are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value being recorded in net earnings. Trade receivables and other receivables have been classified as loans and receivables which are measured at amortized cost. Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and the debt facility have been classified as other financial liabilities, which are measured at amortized cost. Liabilities held at fair value include the warrant liability which is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value being recorded in net earnings.

        Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets are recorded in net loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Inventory

        Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value ["NRV"]. The cost of inventory is calculated on a standard cost basis, which approximates average actual cost. NRV is determined as the market value for finished goods, replacement cost for raw materials, and finished goods market value less cost to complete for work in progress inventory.

        The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based on factors including its estimated forecast of product demand, the stage of the product life cycle and production requirements for the units in question.

        The Company carries inventory for the purposes of supporting its product warranty. Standard warranty is typically 13 to 36 months but the Company earns revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the standard warranty period. Customer service inventory consists of both component parts and finished units.

        Indirect manufacturing costs and direct labour expenses are allocated systematically to the total production inventory.

Income taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the tax and accounting basis of assets and liabilities as well as for the benefit of losses available to be carried forward to future years for tax purposes that are more likely than not to be realized. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company provides a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets when it believes that it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized.

        The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that an uncertain tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. The tax benefit of any uncertain tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is calculated as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon successful resolution. To the extent a full benefit is not expected to be realized, an income tax liability is

F-40


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

effectively established. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense.

        Management periodically reviews the Company's provision for income taxes and valuation allowance to determine whether the overall tax estimates are reasonable. When management performs its assessments of the provision and valuation allowance, it may be determined that an adjustment is required. This adjustment may have a material impact on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

Property and equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the anticipated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Test equipment and research and development equipment

  4 - 5 years

Computer hardware

  2 years

Production fixtures

  3 years

Leasehold improvements

  5 years

Furniture and fixtures

  5 years

Communication equipment

  3 years

Other

  3 - 5 years

        Management evaluates the carrying value of its property and equipment assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. To the extent the estimated undiscounted future net cash inflows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. The amount of impairment loss to be recorded is the difference between the asset's carrying value and fair value.

Goodwill and intangible assets

        Intangible assets include Infrastructure Systems Software and Computer Software and are amortized over their estimated useful life of 2 and 3 years. Management evaluates the carrying value of its intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. To the extent the estimated undiscounted future net cash inflows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. The amount of impairment loss to be recorded is the difference between the asset's carrying value and the net discounted estimated future cash flows.

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations. The Company reviews the carrying value of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill is below its carrying amount. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process which requires management to make judgmental assumptions regarding fair value. The Company looks at any qualitative factors that would suggest that further analysis is required. The first step consists of estimating the fair value of its reporting unit. When the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not to be impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, the Company compares the implied fair value of the goodwill, determined as if a purchase had just occurred, to the carrying amount to determine the amount of impairment charge to be recorded. Changes in the estimates and assumptions used in assessing the projected cash flows could materially affect the results of management's evaluation.

F-41


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Share based compensation plan and employee share purchase plan

        The Company has a share based compensation plan and an employee share purchase plan which are described in note 13. The Company accounts for stock options granted to employees using the fair value method. In accordance with the fair value method, the Company recognizes estimated compensation expense related to stock options over the vesting period of the options granted, with the related credit being charged to contributed surplus.

        The Company launched an employee share purchase plan on October 20, 2008. The plan includes provisions to allow employees to purchase common shares. The Company will match the employees' contribution at a rate of 25%. Proceeds from employees are received and the cost of the matching shares are recorded in share capital, with the related debit applied to contributed surplus at the time the shares are issued. The shares contributed by the Company will vest 12 months after issuance with a corresponding compensation expense recognized in loss.

Research and development

        Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development costs are expensed as incurred unless they meet generally accepted accounting criteria for deferral and amortization. Development costs incurred prior to establishment of technological feasibility do not meet these criteria, and are expensed as incurred.

Loss per share

        Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. For all periods presented, the net loss available to common shareholders equates to the net loss.

        In the computation of diluted earnings per share, the Company includes the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential equity instruments had been issued.

Non-controlling interest

        Non-controlling interest consists of the minority owned portion of the Company's 50.1% owned subsidiary, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited.

FUTURE ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-9, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers". The amendments in this Update create Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, including most industry-specific revenue recognition guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. In addition, the amendments supersede the cost guidance in Subtopic 605-35, Revenue Recognition-Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts, and create new Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" which reflects decisions reached by the FASB at its meeting earlier in the year to defer the effective date to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted for the year beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the impact this amendment will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-42


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern". The update provides U.S. GAAP guidance on management's responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern and about related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The amendments in this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this amendment will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases". The amendments in this Update create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the lease requirements in Topic 840, Leases. The Update will require companies to recognize a right-of-use (ROU) asset and a lease liability in their balance sheets, while still distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases. For finance leases, the lessee would recognize interest on the lease liability separately from amortization of the right-of-use asset in the statement of comprehensive income, and for operating leases, the lessee would recognize a straight-line lease expense. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this amendment will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited

        Non-controlling interest consists of the minority owned portion of the Company's 50.1% owned subsidiary, DragonWave HFCL India Private Limited. During the year ended February 29, 2016, the minority owner, HFCL, made a capital contribution of nil (2015 – $164).

4. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 
  February 29, 2016   February 28, 2015  
Native Currency
  Native
Currency
$
  Foreign
Exchange Rate
to USD
  USD Amount   % of Total   USD Amount   % of Total  

US Dollar

    1,600     1.000     1,600     37.4%     15,010     63.4%  

Canadian Dollar

    53     0.736     39     0.9%     4,106     17.3%  

Indian Rupee

    158,951     0.015     2,317     54.2%     2,497     10.5%  

Other

                321     7.5%     2,079     8.8%  
                               

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

                4,277     100.0%     23,692     100.0%  
                               

        The Company is required to have a minimum of $1,000 held at Comerica Bank [2015 – $10,000].

F-43


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

5. TRADE RECEIVABLES

        The Company is exposed to credit risk with respect to trade receivables in the event that its counterparties do not meet their obligations. The Company minimizes its credit risk with respect to trade receivables by performing credit reviews for each of its customers. The Company's allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company's assessment of collectability across its global customer base.

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Trade receivables

    19,209     49,295  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (223 )   (669 )
           

Total trade receivables

    18,986     48,626  
           

        As at February 29, 2016, two customers exceeded 10% of the total receivable balance. These customers represented 52% and 16% of the trade receivables balance [2015 – two customers represented 37% and 34% of the trade receivables balance].

        Included in general and administrative expenses is an expense of $240 related to bad debt expense for the year ended February 29, 2016 [2015 – expense of $160].

6. INVENTORY

        Inventory is comprised of the following:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Raw materials

    2,389     7,469  

Work in progress

    614     577  

Finished goods

    16,986     13,709  
           

Total production inventory

    19,989     21,755  
           

Inventory held for customer service/warranty

    2,713     2,539  
           

Total inventory

    22,702     24,294  
           

        Cost of sales for the year ended February 29, 2016 was $72,324 [2015 – $129,772], which included $56,296 of product costs [2015 – $115,309]. The remaining costs of $16,028 [2015 – $14,463] related principally to warehousing, freight, warranty, overhead and other direct costs of sales.

        For the year ended February 29, 2016, the Company recognized an impairment loss on inventory of $4,416 [2015 – $2,771]. This impairment loss related primarily to raw material and finished goods for certain older product lines.

        The Company allocates overhead and labour to inventory. Included in cost of sales for the year ended February 29, 2016 were overhead and labour allocations of $1,746 [2015 – $3,860]. Included in inventory at February 29, 2016 were overhead and labour allocations of $551 [2015 – $461].

        The Company uses an outsourced manufacturing model in which most of the component acquisition and assembly of its products is executed by third parties. The Company's contract manufacturers currently have inventory intended for use in the production of its products, and the Company has purchase orders or demand

F-44


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

6. INVENTORY (Continued)

forecasts in place for raw materials and manufactured products with these contract manufacturers. The value of the inventory held by the Company's primary contract manufacturer at February 29, 2016 was $16,848 [February 28, 2015 – $13,565]

7. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

        Other current assets are comprised of the following:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Deposits on inventory

    670     1,240  

Prepaid expenses

    1,355     2,082  

Indirect taxes

    610     1,079  

Income tax receivable

        390  

Deferred financing costs

    18     55  

Deferred tax asset

        61  

Receivable from contract manufacturers and other items

    124     988  
           

Total other current assets

    2,777     5,895  
           

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment are apportioned as follows:

 
  February 29, 2016   February 28, 2015  
 
  Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
  Net Book
Value
 

Test and research and development equipment

    24,236     21,581     2,655     3,056  

Computer hardware

    3,702     3,489     213     260  

Production fixtures

    2,433     1,874     559     661  

Leasehold improvements

    1,081     978     103     146  

Furniture and fixtures

    864     761     103     145  

Communication equipment

    289     285     4     8  

Other

    448     383     65     46  
                   

Total property and equipment

    33,053     29,351     3,702     4,322  
                   

        Depreciation expense relating to the above property and equipment was allocated to operating expenses as follows:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Research and development ("R&D")

    364     1,067  

Selling and marketing ("S&M")

    40     56  

General and administrative ("G&A")

    1,527     1,197  
           

Total

    1,931     2,320  
           

F-45


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

        Depreciation expense includes amortization of assets recorded under capital lease.

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

        Intangible assets and goodwill are apportioned as follows:

 
  February 29, 2016   February 28, 2015  
 
  Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Impairment   Net Book
Value
  Net Book
Value
 

Infrastructure Systems Software and Computer Software

    7,046     6,423         623     794  

Goodwill

    11,927         11,927         11,927  

        For the year ended February 29, 2016, the Company recognized amortization of intangible assets of $577 [2015 – $1,188]. The Company estimates that it will recognize $305, $304 and $14 respectively for the next three succeeding years.

        The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on August 31 and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Consistent with the Company's assessment that it has only one reporting unit, the Company tests goodwill for impairment at the entity level. The Company tests goodwill using a two-step process. The Company looks at any qualitative factors that would suggest that further analysis is required. The Company determined that the continuing decline of DragonWave's market capitalization and continued losses in fiscal year 2016 warranted further analysis. The first step consists of estimating the fair value of the Company's single reporting unit and comparing that to the carrying amount of the Company's net assets. At August 31, 2015 management used both an income-based and market-based approach to value the single reporting unit. Under the income-based approach, the Company used a discounted cash flow methodology, while under the market-based approach, the Company considered its market capitalization in addition to an estimated control premium based on a review of comparative market transactions. In the second step, the Company compared the implied carrying value of the goodwill to the values determined previously in the process and concluded that its goodwill was fully impaired. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $11,927 in the three month period ended August 31, 2015.

10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities are apportioned as follows:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Trade payables

    11,858     23,474  

Accrued liabilities

    5,830     9,394  

Termination fee

    3,337     4,227  

Payroll related accruals

    1,257     2,076  

Warranty accrual

    651     335  

Income taxes payable

    555     657  

Capital lease obligation

    69     514  
           

Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    23,557     40,677  
           

F-46


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES (Continued)

        On April 10, 2013, the Company announced changes to its existing operational framework with Nokia. Included in the changes was an agreement to a termination fee in the amount of $8,668 to be paid to Nokia in installments. During the year ended February 28, 2015, the Company revised the termination fee liability which resulted in a gain of $301. Payments totaling $3,287 were made during the year ended February 28, 2015. During the year ended February 29, 2016 the Company made a payment of $1,119. As at February 29, 2016 the liability is valued at $3,337 and is considered short term in nature [2015 – $4,383; short term: $4,227 and long term: $156].

        Warranty accrual:

        The Company records a liability for future warranty costs based on management's best estimate of probable claims within the Company's product warranties. The accrual is based on the terms of the warranty, which vary by customer, product, or service and historical experience. The Company regularly evaluates the appropriateness of the remaining accrual.

        The following table details the changes in the warranty accrual for the respective periods:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

    678     619  

Accruals

    2,057     1,031  

Utilization

    (1,809 )   (972 )
           

Ending Balance

    926     678  
           

Short term Portion

    651     335  

Long term Portion

    275     343  

11. DEBT FACILITY

        The Company has established a credit facility with Comerica Bank and Export Development Canada. As at February 29, 2016, this asset based credit facility was for a total of $40,000 plus $4,000 for letters of credit and foreign exchange facilities. Credit availability is subject to ongoing compliance with borrowing covenants and short term assets on hand. The Company had drawn $22,152 on the facility as at February 29, 2016 [2015 – $32,400], and $1,853 against its letter of credit facility [2015 – $1,864].

        The credit facility which was extended on January 6, 2014, matures on June 1, 2016 and is secured by a first priority charge on all of the assets of DragonWave Inc. and its principal direct and indirect subsidiaries. The terms of the credit facility include other customary terms, conditions, covenants, and representations and warranties. Borrowing options under the credit facility include US dollar, Canadian dollar, and Euro loans. Interest rates vary with market rate fluctuations, with loans bearing interest in the range of 3% to 4% above the applicable base rates. Direct costs associated with obtaining the debt facility such as closing fees, registration and legal expenses have been capitalized and will be amortized over the 30 month term of the facility. During the year ended February 29, 2016 the weighted average debt outstanding was $29,765 [2015 – $20,304] and the Company recognized $2,007 in interest expense related to the debt facility [2015 – $1,401] and expensed $55 in deferred financing cost [2015 – $187].

        The credit facility contains financial covenants including minimum tangible net worth requirements, minimum cash levels to be held at Comerica bank and minimum liquidity ratio requirements. The credit facility also imposes certain restrictions on the Company's ability to acquire capital assets above a threshold over a trailing six month period.

F-47


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

11. DEBT FACILITY (Continued)

        The Company has in place a forbearance agreement until May 18, 2016, which identifies new minimum covenant levels reflecting the Company's revised financial plans. The forbearance agreement includes a requirement to hold a minimum of $1,000 at Comerica Bank. In addition, the forbearance agreement reduces the facility commitment from $40,000 to $35,000 and implements more frequent monitoring. Subsequent to February 29, 2016, DragonWave Inc. repaid $3,285 on the debt facility. As of May 18, 2016 the Company is in compliance with the financial terms of the forbearance agreement.

12. OTHER LONG TERM LIABILITIES

        Other long term liabilities are apportioned as follows:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Warranty accrual

    275     343  

Deferred revenue

    498     578  

Termination fee

        156  

Capital lease obligation

        62  
           

Total other long term liabilities

    773     1,139  
           

13. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Number of shares authorized

        The Company has an unlimited amount of common shares authorized for issuance.

        On September 23, 2013 the Company completed a public equity offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 11,910,000 units at $2.10 on a pre-consolidation basis, for aggregate gross proceeds of $25,011. After deducting commissions and listing expenses, the Company realized net proceeds of $22,434. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and three quarters of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $2.70 per share, subsequently changed to purchase 1/25th of one common share at an exercise price of $67.50 per share following the share consolidation, until September 23, 2018, subject to certain adjustments. Upon issuance, the Company recognized a liability in the amount of $6,425 for the warrants, see Warrants section for further details.

        On August 1, 2014 the Company completed a public equity offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 15,927,500 units at $1.80 CAD on a pre-consolidation basis, for aggregate gross proceeds of $28,670 CAD. After deducting commissions and listing expenses, the Company realized net proceeds of $23,960 ($26,184 CAD). Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $2.25 CAD per share, subsequently changed to purchase 1/25th of one common share at an exercise price of $56.25 CAD per share following the share consolidation, until August 1, 2016. Upon issuance, the Company recognized a liability in the amount of $2,551 for the warrants, see Warrants section for further details.

        On February 2, 2016, the Company effected a share consolidation of the Company's common shares at a ratio of 1-for-25. As a result of the share consolidation, every 25 shares of the issued and outstanding common shares consolidated into one newly-issued outstanding common share. Each fractional share remaining after the share consolidation was cancelled. The number of outstanding stock options and restricted share units were

F-48


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

13. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

proportionately adjusted by the consolidation ratio and the exercise prices correspondingly increased by the same consolidation ratio. All shares and exercise prices are presented on a post-consolidation basis in these consolidated financial statements.

Share based compensation plan

        The Company had previously established the DragonWave Inc. Key Employee Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "Previous Plan") applicable to full-time employees, directors and consultants of the Company for purchase of common shares. Options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the common shares of the Company, and generally vest at a rate of 25% one year from the date of the option grant, and 1/36th of the remaining 75% per additional month of full-time employment with the Company. All remaining outstanding options expire five years from the grant date, or upon termination of employment. The maximum number of common shares issuable under the previous plan was 10% of the common shares issued and outstanding.

        On June 20, 2014 the Shareholders approved the adoption of a new Share Based Compensation Plan (the "Plan") to replace the Previous Plan. The Plan includes provision for granting of performance share units ("PSUs"), restricted share units ("RSUs"), deferred share units ("DSUs"), Bonus Shares (as defined in the Plan) and options to purchase common shares. Settlement of vested PSUs, RSUs and DSUs is effected by delivering common shares acquired in the open market and/or issued from treasury, or by making a cash payment equal to the number of PSUs, RSUs or DSUs multiplied by the volume weighted average trading price of the common shares on the applicable stock exchange for the five trading days preceding the settlement date, or by a combination of these methods. The manner of settlement for RSUs, PSUs and DSUs is determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. The maximum number of common shares issuable under the Plan is 302,007, which represents 10% of the common shares issued and outstanding as at February 29, 2016.

        The following is a summary of stock option activity:

 
  February 29, 2016   February 28, 2015  
 
  Options   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
(CAD)
  Options   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
(CAD)
 

Opening balance

    159,421   $ 76.34     127,149   $ 92.70  

Granted

    172,974   $ 8.64     43,156   $ 52.76  

Forfeited

    (55,667 ) $ 82.34     (10,884 ) $ 173.94  
                   

Closing balance

    276,728   $ 32.82     159,421   $ 76.34  
                   

        The following table shows the weighted average values used in determining the fair value of options granted during the years ended February 29, 2016 and February 28, 2015:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Volatility

    95.6%     75.8%  

Risk free rate

    0.58%     1.35%  

Dividend yield

    Nil     Nil  

Average expected life

    3.97 yrs     4 yrs  

F-49


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

13. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

        The 172,974 options granted during the year ended February 29, 2016 were determined to have a fair value of $683 [2015 – 43,156 options valued at $1,204].

        The following table summarizes the various exercise prices inherent in the Company's stock options outstanding and exercisable on February 29, 2016:

Exercise Price   Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Low
(CAD)
  High
(CAD)
  Quantity of
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(yrs)
  Weighted
average
exercise price
(CAD)
  Quantity of
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(yrs)
  Weighted
average
exercise price
(CAD)
 

$

3.00   $ 3.25     102,737     4.73   $ 3.00     51,616     4.73   $ 3.00  

$

3.26   $ 16.88     4,017     4.73   $ 3.97     969     4.86   $ 3.50  

$

16.89   $ 21.00     50,016     4.22   $ 19.25         0.00   $ 0.00  

$

21.01   $ 46.88     19,764     2.78   $ 30.54     17,567     2.74   $ 30.55  

$

46.89   $ 52.88     15,589     2.44   $ 51.80     10,244     2.40   $ 51.81  

$

52.89   $ 54.88     33,245     3.37   $ 53.75     14,579     3.37   $ 53.75  

$

54.89   $ 62.13     21,677     2.19   $ 56.00     15,287     2.19   $ 56.00  

$

62.14   $ 79.25     16,705     1.41   $ 73.32     14,941     1.40   $ 73.35  

$

79.26   $ 169.25     12,978     0.22   $ 166.23     12,978     0.22   $ 166.23  
                                   
 

          276,728     3.60   $ 32.82     138,181     3.10   $ 44.28  
                                   

        The Company has recognized $941 for the year ended February 29, 2016 as compensation expense for stock-based grants, with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus [2015 – $1,177]. Stock compensation expense was allocated to operating expenses as follows:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Research and development

    172     297  

Sales and marketing

    204     333  

General and administrative

    565     547  
           

Total

    941     1,177  
           

        As at February 29, 2016, compensation costs not yet recognized relating to stock option awards outstanding is $1,476 [2015 – $1,926] net of estimated forfeitures. Performance vesting awards will vest as performance conditions are met. Compensation will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures.

Restricted Share Units (RSU's)

        The Company has entered into restricted stock agreements with certain of its independent directors. These units which were issued during July 2014 were subject to each director's continued engagement on the Board for a period of one year from the date of issuance. All of the originally issued RSUs vested during the second quarter of fiscal year 2016 with the exception of 800 RSUs which were cancelled on April 14, 2015.

F-50


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

13. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the summary of restricted share activity under the Company's Share Based Compensation Plan for the year ended February 29, 2016:

 
  Year ended
February 29, 2016
 
 
  RSU's   Weighted
Average Price
(CAD)
 

RSU balances at February 28, 2014

         

Granted

    3,200   $ 53.75  
           

RSU balances at February 28, 2015

    3,200   $ 53.75  

Forfeited

    (800 ) $ 53.75  

Vested

    (2,400 ) $ 53.75  
           

RSU balances at February 29, 2016

         
           

        The Company has recognized $39 for the year ended February 29, 2016 as compensation expense for restricted share units, with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus [2015 – $93].

Restricted shares & employee share purchase plan

        The Company launched an Employee Share Purchase Plan ["ESPP"] on October 20, 2008. The plan includes provisions to allow employees to purchase common shares. The Company will match the employees' contribution at a rate of 25%. During the year ended February 29, 2016 a total of 5,207 common shares were purchased by employees at fair market value, while the Company issued 1,227 common shares, net of forfeitures, as its matching contribution during the year ended February 29, 2016. The shares contributed by the Company will vest 12 months after issuance.

        The Company records an expense equal to the fair value of shares granted pursuant to the employee share purchase plan over the period the shares vest, with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus. The total fair value of the shares earned during the year ended February 29, 2016 was $13 [2015 – $13]. The fair value of the unearned ESPP shares as at February 29, 2016 was $8 [2015 – $13]. The number of shares held for release, and still restricted under the plan at February 29, 2016 was 978 [2015 – 440].

Warrants

        Effective May 30, 2007, the Company granted warrants to purchase up to 5,050 common shares of the Company at a price of $88.75 CAD per share. The warrants expire 10 years after the date of issuance. The warrants vested based on the achievement of pre-determined business milestones and resulted in 31,562 warrants being eligible for exercise. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1/25th of one common share of the Company.

        On September 23, 2013 the Company completed a public equity offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 11,910,000 units at $2.10 on a pre-consolidation basis, for aggregate gross proceeds of $25,011. Equity issuance expenses relating to the offering totaled $2,576 of which $662 was expensed as the proportionate warrant costs. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and three quarters of one warrant (warrants issued – 8,932,500). Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1/25th common share of the Company at an exercise price of $67.50 per share until September 23, 2018. On August 1, 2014 the warrant exercise price was adjusted to $32.50 as a result of a subsequent equity financing undertaken by the

F-51


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

13. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

Company. In the event of a fundamental transaction the Company may be required to settle the warrants with a cash payment. As a result, the Company recognized a warrant liability of $6,425 which represented the estimated fair value of the liability as at September 23, 2013. The warrant liability is adjusted quarterly to its estimated fair value. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the warrants are presented as "Fair value adjustment – warrant liability" in the consolidated statement of operations. As at February 29, 2016, 2,088,750 warrants were outstanding and the liability for warrants was decreased to $3. In the year ended February 29, 2016 the Company realized a gain in the amount of $600 in the consolidated statement of operations which represented the change in fair value of the remaining warrant liability of $3.

        On August 1, 2014 the Company completed a public equity offering. Under the terms of the offering, the Company issued and sold 15,927,500 units at $1.80 CAD on a pre-consolidation basis for aggregate gross proceeds of $28,670 CAD. Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1/25th of one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $56.25 CAD per share until August 1, 2016, subject to certain adjustments. Equity issuance expenses relating to the offering totaled $2,275 of which $221 was expensed as the proportionate warrant costs. As a result of the offering, the Company issued warrants totaling 7,963,750 and recognized a warrant liability of $2,551 which represented the estimated fair value of the liability as at August 1, 2014. During the year ended February 29, 2016 the Company realized a gain in the amount of $519 in the consolidated statement of operations which represented the change in fair value of the remaining warrant liability of $117.

        The following is a summary of outstanding warrants:

 
  February 29, 2016  
 
  Warrants
Outstanding
  Shares
Purchasable
  Exercise
Price
 

May 2007 Issuance

    31,562     1,262   $ 88.75  

September 2013 Issuance

    2,088,750     83,550   $ 32.50  

August 2014 Issuance

    7,963,750     318,550   $ 56.25  CAD

14. NET LOSS PER SHARE

        Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. In the computation of diluted earnings per share, the Company includes the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential equity instruments had been issued.

        As at February 29, 2016 a total of 276,728 options and 10,084,062 warrants have been excluded from the diluted net loss per share calculations, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

        The following table illustrates the dilutive impact on net loss per share during the year ended including the effect of outstanding options and warrants:

 
  Year ended  
 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Net loss attributable to shareholders

    (42,304 )   (21,520 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

    3,019,259     2,724,467  
           

Basic net loss/dilutive net loss per share

  $ (14.01 ) $ (7.90 )
           

F-52


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Future minimum operating lease payments which relate to office and warehouse space in various countries as at February 29, 2016 per fiscal year are as follows:

2017

    1,144  

2018

    134  

2019

    10  
       

    1,288  
       

        In January 2016, a customer in India initiated an arbitration process with the Company to resolve the dispute over inventory shipped to this customer in June 2015, with a value of $4,707. The customer has submitted a claim statement which the Company feels has no merit. The Company will submit a counter-claim in June 2016. Since the arbitration hearing is set for July 2016, the outcome of this matter is not determinable as of the date of this report.

        See Note 6 for the discussion on the purchase order commitments with contract manufacturers.

16. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 
  Year ended  
 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Changes in non-cash working capital balances:

             

Trade receivables

    29,640     (31,218 )

Inventory

    1,592     6,122  

Other current assets

    3,074     65  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    (16,880 )   10,173  

Deferred revenue

    1,114     (154 )

Other long term liabilities

    (304 )   669  
           

    18,236     (14,343 )
           

17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        Financial instruments are classified into one of the following categories: assets held at fair value, loans and receivables, other financial liabilities, or liabilities held at fair value.

F-53


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Categories for financial assets and liabilities

        The following table summarizes the carrying values of the Company's financial instruments:

 
  February 29,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Assets held at fair value (A)

    4,277     23,692  

Loans and receivables (B)

    19,110     49,614  

Other financial liabilities (C)

    44,434     71,728  

Liabilities held at fair value (D)

    120     1,239  

(A)
Includes cash and cash equivalents

(B)
Includes trade receivables and other miscellaneous receivables

(C)
Includes accounts payable, accrued liabilities, payroll related accruals, debt facility and termination fee

(D)
Warrant liability

        The Company classifies its fair value measurements using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of inputs used in making the measurements. The accounting standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The inputs fall into three levels that may be used to measure fair value.

        Level  1 – Unadjusted quoted prices at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

        Level  2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

        Level  3 – Significant unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

        Cash and cash equivalents are measured using Level 1 inputs.

        The August 1, 2014 warrant liability is classified as Level 1 as the warrants are traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

        The September 23, 2013 warrant liability is classified as Level 3 as it is measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs. Significant assumptions used at February 29, 2016 for the warrants include a dividend yield of 0%, a 1% assumption that the fundamental transaction will happen every year, volatility of 60%, and a risk free spot rate term structure.

        As at February 29, 2016 the Company held the following Level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

 
  Level 3   Total  

Financial Liabilities

             

Warrant liability

    3     3  

F-54


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        As at February 28, 2015, the Company held the following Level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

 
  Level 3   Total  

Financial Liabilities

             

Warrant liability

    603     603  

        A reconciliation of the Level 3 warrant liability measured at fair value for the year ended February 29, 2016 follows:

 
  Warrants   $  

Balance at February 28, 2015

    2,088,750     603  

Fair value adjustment – warrant liability

        (600 )
           

Balance at February 29, 2016

    2,088,750     3  
           

Interest rate risk

        Cash and cash equivalents and the Company's debt facility which has interest rates with market rate fluctuations expose the Company to interest rate risk on these financial instruments. Net interest expense, excluding deferred financing costs, recognized during the year ended February 29, 2016 was $1,959 on the Company's cash, cash equivalents, and debt facility [2015 – expense of $1,369].

Credit risk

        In addition to trade receivables and other receivables, the Company is exposed to credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents in the event that its counterparties do not meet their obligations. The Company does not use credit derivatives or similar instruments to mitigate this risk and, as such, the maximum exposure is the full carrying value or fair value of the financial instrument. The Company minimizes credit risk on trade receivables and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents by transacting with only reputable financial institutions and customers.

Foreign exchange risk

        Foreign exchange risk arises because of fluctuations in exchange rates. To mitigate exchange risk, the Company may utilize forward contracts to secure exchange rates with the objective of offsetting fluctuations in the Company's operating expenses incurred in foreign currencies with gains or losses on the forward contracts.

        As of February 29, 2016, if the US dollar had appreciated 1% against all foreign currencies to which the Company is exposed, with all other variables held constant, the impact of this foreign currency change on the Company's foreign denominated financial instruments would have resulted in an increase in after-tax net loss of $27 for the year ended February 29, 2016 [2015 – decrease of $42], with an equal and opposite effect if the US dollar had depreciated 1% against all foreign currencies at February 29, 2016.

F-55


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Liquidity risk

        A risk exists that the Company will encounter difficulty in satisfying its financial obligations as they become due. The Company manages its liquidity risk by forecasting cash flows from operations and anticipated investing and financing activities. As at February 29, 2016, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totaling $4,277 [2015 – $23,692]. See Note 1 for further discussion of liquidity risk associated with the Company and Note 11 for details of the debt facility requirement.

18. SEGMENTED INFORMATION

        The Company operates in one operating segment–broadband wireless backhaul equipment.

        The following table presents total net book value of property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill by geographic location:

 
  Year Ended  
 
  February 29, 2016   February 28, 2015  
 
  Amount   %   Amount   %  

Canada

    1,860     43%     2,017     12%  

United States

        0%     11,927     70%  

Malaysia

    1,492     34%     2,004     12%  

Other

    973     23%     1,095     6%  
                   

Total

    4,325     100%     17,043     100%  
                   

        The Company analyzes its sales according to geographic region and targets product development and sales strategies by region. The following table presents total revenues by geographic location through direct and indirect sales and through its Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) partner, Nokia:

 
  Year Ended February 29, 2016   Year Ended February 28, 2015  
 
  Direct &
Indirect
Sales
  OEM
Sales
through
Nokia
  Total   % of
total
revenue
  Direct &
Indirect
Sales
  OEM
Sales
through
Nokia
  Total   % of
total
revenue
 

Canada

    2,255         2,255     3%     4,358         4,358     3%  

Europe, Middle East & Africa

    6,753     31,109     37,862     44%     12,554     61,467     74,021     47%  

India

    13,993     3,787     17,780     21%     26,291     10,854     37,145     24%  

United States

    19,577     19     19,596     23%     23,451         23,451     15%  

Rest of World

    6,095     2,707     8,802     9%     6,825     11,966     18,791     11%  
                                   

    48,673     37,622     86,295     100%     73,479     84,287     157,766     100%  
                                   

        The Company has shown revenue by the customers' purchasing entities' geographic location, except in cases where the geographic location of the product deployment is explicitly known.

F-56


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

18. SEGMENTED INFORMATION (Continued)

        During each of the periods presented, revenue is comprised of:

 
  For the year ended  
 
  February 29, 2016   February 28, 2015  
 
  Amount   %   Amount   %  

Product Sales

    71,393     83%     150,432     95%  

Services

    14,902     17%     7,334     5%  
                   

Total Revenue

    86,295     100%     157,766     100%  
                   

19. ECONOMIC DEPENDENCE

        For the year ended February 29, 2016, the Company was dependent on three key customers with respect to revenue. These customers represented approximately 44%, 15% and 11% of sales during that twelve month period [2015 – two customers represented 53% and 16%].

20. INCOME TAXES

        The components of the Company's income (loss) before income taxes, by taxing jurisdiction, were as follows:

 
  February 28,
2016
  February 28,
2015
 

Canada

    (22,994 )   (24,558 )

Luxembourg

    (7,222 )   322  

India

    1,756     2,721  

China

    706     991  

Other

    (11,535 )   605  
           

    (39,289 )   (19,919 )
           

        Income tax expense, both current and deferred, relates to jurisdictions outside of Canada where losses are not sufficient to cover the tax liability in the region. For the year ended February 29, 2016, the current income tax expenses was $434 [2015 – $658] and the deferred income tax expense was $1,841 [2015 – $59].

F-57


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

20. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The reported income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the Canadian statutory rate to the net income (loss), for the following reasons:

 
  2016   2015  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (39,289 )   (19,919 )

Statutory income tax rate

    26.5 %   26.5 %

Expected income tax expense

    (10,412 )   (5,279 )

Change in valuation allowances

    6,043     6,682  

Goodwill impairment

    4,420      

Prior year adjustments

    1,444     859  

Foreign tax rate differences

    578     (177 )

Other

    165     66  

Non-deductible expenses and non-taxable income

    37     (105 )

Share issue costs

        (435 )

Research and development tax credits

        (894 )
           

    2,275     717  
           

        The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities include the following significant components:

 
  2016   2015  

Income tax loss carryforwards

    39,322     32,643  

Capital Loss

    19,011     19,015  

Research and development tax credits

    13,180     14,052  

SR&ED Expenditures

    6,872     7,845  

Book and tax differences on assets

    1,256     1,486  

Share issue expenses

    443     591  

Income and expense reserves

    236     192  
           

Total gross deferred tax assets

    80,320     75,824  
           

Valuation allowance

    (80,320 )   (74,278 )

Income and expense reserves

    (294 )      
           

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset

    (294 )   1,546  
           

        As at February 29, 2016, the Company had cumulative tax loss carryforwards in the following jurisdictions: Canada – $136,221, United States – $7,888, Luxembourg – $36,077. The Company also has capital losses being carried forward in the following jurisdictions: Canada – $16,302; United States – $45,543.

        The losses in Canada expire starting in fiscal 2031 until fiscal 2036. The losses in Luxembourg can be carried forward indefinitely. Income tax benefits relating to the losses in Canada and Luxembourg have not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements as the recognition requirements under the liability method of accounting for income taxes have not been met.

        The losses in the U.S. expire between fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2032. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the use of a company's net operating loss carryforwards when a company has an ownership change. The acquisition of Axerra Networks, Inc by the Company resulted in an ownership change as

F-58


Table of Contents


DragonWave Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expressed in US $000's except share and per share amounts

20. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

understood by Section 382. As a result, the annual restriction of the amount of losses of Axerra Networks, Inc that may be used has been calculated as $521.

        As at February 29, 2016, the Company had $14,720 of investment tax credits available to reduce future federal Canadian income taxes payable. These investment tax credits begin to expire in 2022. In addition, the Company had provincial research and development tax credits of $2,361, which are available to reduce future provincial income taxes payable. These provincial tax credits begin to expire in 2029. The tax benefit of the federal and provincial tax credits has not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

        As at February 29, 2016, the Company has not recorded any liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions.

        The Company remains subject to examination by tax authorities in Canada for years 2009 to 2016 and in the other jurisdictions for tax years 2011 to 2016.

        No deferred income taxes have been provided on undistributed earnings or relating to cash held in foreign jurisdictions, as the Company has determined that any income or withholding taxes on repatriation would either not be significant, or the Company has decided to permanently reinvest the earnings in the foreign jurisdiction.

21. COMPARATIVE FIGURES

        Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current fiscal year.

22. RESTRUCTURING COSTS

        In September 2015, the Company implemented a restructuring plan in line with its objective of reducing its net losses and cash usage. The plan included a 23% reduction of the workforce across a variety of functional areas of the business. The restructuring plan impacted staff primarily in China and Canada, and to a lesser extent other countries globally. The corresponding reduction in compensation related spending is intended to help better align the Company's costs with its revenues.

        Restructuring charges of $1,549 related to severance costs have been recognized during the year ended February 29, 2016 [2015 – nil]. As at February 29, 2016 the Company has paid $1,257 in restructuring costs and has a liability of $292 related to restructuring activities on the consolidated balance sheet [2015 – nil].

23. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

        On April 11, 2016, the Company issued 599,998 common shares in a Registered Direct Offering, and concurrently in a private placement, issued warrants to purchase 299,999 common shares exercisable in the future at an exercise price of $8.50. The price per common share and one half of a warrant was $7.25 and resulted in total gross proceeds to the Company of $4,350 million. The warrants are not exercisable for six months and one day from issuance and will expire five years from the date of issuance.

        The exercise price of the September 23, 2013 warrants was adjusted to $6.76 as a result of the Offering.

F-59


Table of Contents

ITEM 19.    Exhibits.

 

1.0

  Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 1.0 on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2015)
 

1.1

 

Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 99.3 on Form 6-K filed on February 2, 2016)

 

1.2

 

Composite Form of By-Laws (as amended) of the Company (filed as Exhibit 1.1 on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2015)

 

4.1

 

DragonWave Inc. Employee Share Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 4.1 on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 2010)

 

4.2

 

DragonWave Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Key Employee Stock Option Plan (filed as Appendix C to Exhibit 99.1 on Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 2013)

 

4.3

 

DragonWave Inc. Share Based Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 4.2 on Form S-8 with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 2014)

 

4.4

 

Master Acquisition Agreement, dated as of 4 November 2011, by and between Nokia Siemens Networks B.V., DragonWave Inc. and DragonWave S.A.R.L. (filed as Exhibit 99.1 on Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 15, 2011)

 

4.6

 

Amended and Restated Master Acquisition Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2012, by and between Nokia Siemens Networks B.V., DragonWave Inc. and DragonWave S.A.R.L. (filed as Exhibit 99.1 on Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2012)

 

4.7

 

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated June 1, 2012 between DragonWave Inc. and Comerica Bank

 

4.8

 

Fourth Forbearance Agreement, dated October 12, 2016 between DragonWave Inc. and Comerica Bank

 

8.1

 

List of subsidiaries

 

12.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

12.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

13.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

15.1

 

Management's discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 28, 2017

 

15.2

 

Management's discussion and analysis of the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial condition for the three and twelve months ended February 29, 2016

 

101.INS XBRL

  Instance Document

101.SCH XBRL

  Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL XBRL

  Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF XBRL

  Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB XBRL

  Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE XBRL

  Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

    DRAGONWAVE INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ PETER ALLEN


Peter Allen
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: June 8, 2017